Introduction

For n≥1n \ge1, let Ω(n)\Omega(n) be the number of prime factors of nn, counted with multiplicity, and let λ(n)=(−1)Ω(n)\lambda(n) = (-1)^{\Omega(n)}. We study ordinary two-point averages: each integer up to the given cutoff has weight one. Thus the correlation measures whether the two prime-factor counts have the same parity more often than different parities on the full initial interval. The distinction from a logarithmic average is the distinction between

1X∑n≤Xa(n)and1log⁡X∑n≤Xa(n)n.\frac{1}{X}\sum_{n \le X} a(n) \qquad\text{and} \qquad\frac{1}{\log X}\sum_{n \le X} \frac{a(n)}{n}.

Logarithmic weighting combines information from many multiplicative scales; an ordinary estimate must control the terminal scale itself. Our quantitative conclusion concerns every fixed pair of nonproportional affine forms.

Theorem 1.1 (A logarithmic saving for affine Liouville correlations). There is an absolute constant c>0c > 0 such that, for every fixed choice of integers a1,a2≥1a_1,a_2 \ge1 and b1,b2≥0b_1,b_2 \ge0 with a1b2−a2b1≠0a_1b_2-a_2b_1 \ne0, there is a constant Ca1,a2,b1,b2C_{a_1,a_2,b_1,b_2} for which

∣∑1≤n≤Xλ(a1n+b1)λ(a2n+b2)∣≤Ca1,a2,b1,b2X(log⁡X)c(X≥3).\left|\sum_{1 \le n \le X} \lambda(a_1n+b_1)\lambda(a_2n+b_2)\right| \le C_{a_1,a_2,b_1,b_2}\frac{X}{(\log X)^c} \qquad(X \ge3).

The cutoff XX may be any real number. No coprimality condition is imposed on the coefficients.

For a1=a2=1a_1=a_2=1 and b1=0b_1=0, b2=h>0b_2=h>0, this resolves the ordinary two-point Chowla conjecture, with a logarithmic saving. The exponent is independent of the forms. The implied constants need not be effective, and no uniformity for coefficients growing with XX is asserted. The proof first obtains the same saving for λ(n)λ(n+h)\lambda(n)\lambda(n+h) in each fixed residue class modulo each fixed positive integer, including nonunit and zero classes. Complete multiplicativity then gives the affine conclusion.

We also prove a qualitative statement for general multiplicative functions. Let D={z∈C:∣z∣≤1}\mathbb{D} = \{z \in\mathbb{C} : \lvert z\rvert\le1\}. A function f:N→Df : \mathbb{N} \to\mathbb{D} is multiplicative when f(mn)=f(m)f(n)f(mn) = f(m)f(n) for coprime positive integers m,nm,n. For a Dirichlet character χ\chi, a real number tt, and X≥2X \ge2, define the nonnegative distance DD by

D(f,χnit;X)2=∑p≤X1−Re⁡(f(p)χ(p)‾pit)p.(1)D(f,\chi n^{it};X)^2 = \sum_{p \le X} \frac{1-\operatorname{Re}(f(p)\overline{\chi(p)}p^{it})}{p}. \tag*{(1)}

All sums indexed by pp are over primes. We call ff uniformly nonpretentious if, for every fixed Dirichlet character,

inf⁡∣t∣≤ND(f,χnit;N)⟶∞(N⟶∞).(2)\inf_{\lvert t\rvert\le N} D(f,\chi n^{it};N) \longrightarrow\infty\qquad(N \longrightarrow\infty). \tag*{(2)}

The prime cutoff and the height bound are the same NN.

Theorem 1.2 (Binary corrected Elliott). Let f1,f2:N→Df_1,f_2 : \mathbb{N} \to\mathbb{D} be multiplicative, and suppose that at least one satisfies (1.2). For every fixed pair of distinct nonnegative integers h1,h2h_1,h_2,

1N∑n=1Nf1(n+h1)f2(n+h2)⟶0(N⟶∞, N∈N).\frac{1}{N}\sum_{n=1}^{N} f_1(n+h_1)f_2(n+h_2) \longrightarrow0 \qquad(N \longrightarrow\infty,\ N \in\mathbb{N}).

This proves the binary corrected Elliott conjecture for ordinary averages. The functions may be complex, need not have modulus one, and need not be completely multiplicative. There is no conjugation in the displayed product; the conjugated version follows because (1.2) is preserved by conjugation. We make no quantitative rate claim for this class of functions.

Corollary 1.3 (Affine correlations). Let f1,f2:N→Df_1,f_2 : \mathbb{N} \to\mathbb{D} be multiplicative, with at least one satisfying (1.2). For all fixed integers a1,a2≥1a_1,a_2 \ge1 and b1,b2≥0b_1,b_2 \ge0 with a1b2−a2b1≠0a_1b_2-a_2b_1 \ne0,

1N∑n=1Nf1(a1n+b1)f2(a2n+b2)⟶0.\frac{1}{N}\sum_{n=1}^{N} f_1(a_1n+b_1)f_2(a_2n+b_2) \longrightarrow0.

Every fixed progression restriction is also permitted in Theorem 1.2; Proposition 18.4 gives the precise statement through all real cutoffs and for every residue class. These conclusions use the hypothesis on an original factor fjf_j. The finite local changes needed for dilations and residue restrictions preserve that hypothesis. In particular, Liouville satisfies the exact condition (1.2); a quantitative distance bound is proved in Lemma 18.5.

Historical context and prior work

Chowla’s conjecture predicts vanishing Liouville correlations at every fixed collection of distinct shifts [4, 15]. Its binary case asks whether the parities of the numbers of prime factors of nn and n+hn+h become uncorrelated for each fixed h≥1h \ge1. Partial summation transfers ordinary cancellation to logarithmic cancellation. An ordinary estimate at every cutoff requires more than this implication.

Elliott extended the correlation problem to bounded multiplicative functions [5]. The obstruction presented by the twists nitn^{it} is already central to Halász’s theory of one-point mean values [9]; see also the treatment of Granville, Harper, and Soundararajan [7]. The distance in (1.1) belongs to the pretentious approach developed by Granville and Soundararajan [8] (Section 3). Matomäki, Radziwiłł, and Tao showed why Elliott’s original condition needs correction for complex functions: a function can imitate different twists at successive scales without imitating any one fixed twist globally. Their corrected condition is equivalent to (1.2); see [15], Section 1.1 and Appendix B.

Matomäki and Radziwiłł proved that most short means of a real bounded multiplicative function approximate its long mean [14]. They also obtained a nontrivial bound for each fixed-shift Liouville correlation: the normalized absolute value is at most 1−δ(h)1-\delta(h), for some δ(h)>0\delta(h)>0, at all sufficiently large cutoffs [14]. Matomäki, Radziwiłł, and Tao then established cancellation averaged over arbitrarily slowly growing windows of shifts. Their exponential-sum extension to complex multiplicative functions supplies the short-interval estimates used here [15].

Tao proved the logarithmically averaged binary corrected Elliott theorem for nonproportional affine forms [19]. For the logarithmically weighted Liouville sum, Helfgott and Radziwiłł obtained

∣∑n≤xλ(n)λ(n+1)n∣≪log⁡xlog⁡log⁡x\left\lvert\sum_{n \le x} \frac{\lambda(n)\lambda(n+1)}{n} \right\rvert\ll\frac{\log x}{\sqrt{\log\log x}}

by divisibility-graph expansion [10]. Pilatte improved this bound to (log⁡x)1−c0(\log x)^{1-c_0} for an absolute c0>0c_0>0 [16]. These estimates retain the logarithmic weight.

The graph method of Helfgott and Radziwiłł uses high traces, recurrence constraints, and cancellation at primes occurring only once [10]. They also proposed composite steps and nonbacktracking operators [10]. Pilatte develops these directions through products of centered prime factors, prohibited sequences, triangular arithmetic constraints, and a rank-truncated intersection sieve [16]. Our two graph arguments adapt these constructions to different weights and orders of limits. Their trace estimates, local expansions, and transfers to ordinary averages are proved below.

For ordinary averages, Tao and Teräväinen obtained binary cancellation outside a set of scales of logarithmic density zero, under the same condition (1.2) on one factor [20]. Klurman, Mangerel, and Teräväinen relaxed the hypothesis to nonpretentiousness against each fixed χ(n)nit\chi(n)n^{it}, obtaining cancellation along a set of scales of full upper logarithmic density [11]. The later quantitative progression estimates of Tao and Teräväinen give logarithmic savings for affine Liouville correlations, with coefficients allowed to grow slowly, outside a quantitatively controlled exceptional set of scales [21]. The results here concern every cutoff, with the affine forms fixed.

The quantitative route also uses bounded independence for Boolean circuits. This subject developed from the work of Linial and Nisan [13], through Bazzi’s depth-two theorem and Razborov’s simpler proof [2, 17], to Braverman’s theorem for every fixed depth [3]. In applying that theorem, the encoded residue law is first corrected to exact bounded independence. The local Fourier calculation is a form of the almost-to-exact independence construction of Alon, Goldreich, and Mansour [1], Theorem 2.1 and Section 3.1.

Main ideas

Both arguments begin with multiplicative dilations. For a fixed shift h≥1h \ge1, comparison of the correlations at n,n+hn,n+h and at dn,d(n+h)dn,d(n+h) leads to a graph on the integers with edge displacement hdhd. Short-interval Fourier estimates control the change in the correlation when selected divisibility indicators are replaced by signed expressions. Estimates for closed walks then bound the resulting graph operator. The two proofs use different vertex weights, and their cancellation mechanisms must be matched to those weights.

In the quantitative argument, a step contains one prime from each of JJ disjoint supplies, each with reciprocal mass comparable to a large fixed constant WW. These primes contribute the factors 1p∣n−1/p\mathbf{1}_{p\mid n}-1/p, which have mean zero under uniform residues. An additional squarefree padding divisor uses a disjoint set of primes. The centered supplies provide reciprocal mass at least WJW^{J}, while their contribution to the operator bound is only (CW)J(C\sqrt{W})^{J}, with an absolute CC. Padding controls the concentration of divisor weight in short multiplicative intervals. Writing LL for a small fixed power of log⁡X\log X, the edge normalization gives a factor 1/L1/L in the estimate for each interval, compensating for the factor LL in the number of intervals. The remaining losses are exponential in JJ with absolute bases. Choosing WW large enough therefore gives exponential decay in JJ; since JJ grows proportionally to log⁡log⁡X\log\log X, this is a power-of-logarithm saving.

Two issues underlie this comparison. First, the prime supplies grow with XX, so averaging over their full joint period would not give a useful finite-scale estimate. We instead compare the residue tests used in the proof with independent residues, correcting their encoded bit law to exact bounded independence before applying Braverman’s theorem [3]. Second, repeated primes constrain the closed walks. Many independent arithmetic relations give a direct saving. When few remain, a forest encodes the possible patterns of repetition. Its pattern count is uniform over all padding values, allowing the padding weights to be summed afterward in one common residue environment. These steps preserve the absolute constants needed for the choice of WW.

For general multiplicative functions, the short-interval input contains the nonpretentiousness distance, whose divergence has no prescribed rate. We therefore fix the graph before taking the long average. At an auxiliary scale BB, squarefree divisors are formed from two bands of primes at most eBe^{B}. Primes in the higher band receive a fixed weight greater than one, and those in the lower band receive weight one; the weight of a divisor is the product of its prime weights. After dividing the ordinary divisor average by the total reciprocal weight of these divisors, a biased correlation subsequence produces a raw average of size at least a constant times B−1B^{-1} in one short multiplicative interval. The analytic centering error is o(B−1)o(B^{-1}), and the graph estimate gives O(B−1−c∗/2)O(B^{-1-c_{*}/2}) for a fixed absolute c∗>0c_{*}>0. Taking the long limit with BB fixed, and then increasing BB, contradicts the bias.

The higher prime band, called the core band, supplies decay through restrictions on divisor size and on the number of core primes at a vertex. The lower, center band provides the additional power saving needed to beat the B−1B^{-1} scale. Its signed factor is 1p∣n−θ/p\mathbf{1}_{p\mid n}-\theta/p, with θ\theta chosen to match the vertex normalization; it is not itself mean zero under uniform residues. For suitable primes appearing on only one edge, the normalization factors at the two endpoints in the closed-walk product make the leading divisibility contribution match the subtracted constant term. To retain this cancellation, we organize a walk by the tree of its first visits and expand the vertex-deletion conditions while leaving these center-prime residues unconditioned. Their signed averages are taken before absolute values. This yields the qualitative theorem without a Liouville-specific rate.

Organization

Part I proves the quantitative progression estimate and then Theorem 1.1. Sections 2 and 3 construct its prime supplies and establish the finite residue comparison; Section 4 bounds centering and deletion errors. Section 5 introduces the graph moment, and Sections 6 and 7 prove it through arithmetic constraints and pattern counting. Section 8 returns to ordinary correlations, while Section 9 gives the affine deduction.

Part II proves Theorem 1.2 with new parameters and prime sets. Sections 10 to 12 state the graph estimate and prove the analytic reduction to it. Sections 13 and 14 establish the geometry of retained walks; Sections 15 and 16 control their conditional averages and sum the trace. Section 17 transfers that estimate to long integer intervals and completes the theorem. Part III uses finite local expansions to prove the progression and affine consequences for general functions, and verifies their Liouville and Möbius specializations.

Part I

A logarithmic saving for Liouville correlations

Prime supplies and the quantitative target

Fix integers h,l≥1h,l \ge1 and b∈Zb \in\mathbb{Z}. Throughout Part I, constants in estimates may depend on these fixed data unless declared absolute. We will prove the following intermediate statement.

Proposition 2.1 (Quantitative correlations in every progression). There is one absolute c>0c > 0 such that, for every fixed h,l≥1h,l \ge1 and b∈Zb \in\mathbb{Z},

F(X):=1X∑1≤n≤X1n≡b(modl)λ(n)λ(n+h)≪h,l(log⁡X)−c(X≥3).F(X) := \frac{1}{X}\sum_{1 \le n \le X}\mathbf{1}_{n \equiv b\pmod l}\lambda(n)\lambda(n+h) \ll_{h,l}(\log X)^{-c}\qquad(X \ge3).

The estimate holds for every real XX, with no condition on gcd⁡(b,l)\gcd(b,l).

There are only ll residue classes, so the implied constant can be chosen independently of the representative bb. It suffices to work above a threshold depending on the fixed data: bounded XX can be absorbed into that constant. Our first task is to find many divisors in short multiplicative intervals, retaining a fixed positive fraction of their total reciprocal weight. The construction separates primes used for centering from primes used to supply those divisors.

The proof uses two absolute constants. First choose A≥1000A \ge1000 large enough for the finite-law comparison in Lemma 3.1. Later choose W≥10W \ge10 after the absolute graph constants have been established. Set

L=(log⁡X)1/A,δ=1200,J=⌈δlog⁡L6W⌉,L=(\log X)^{1/A},\qquad\delta=\frac{1}{200},\qquad J=\left\lceil\frac{\delta\log L}{6W}\right\rceil,
Yi=L1−δe6Wi(0≤i≤J),H0=eL1−δ,η=e−J,K=e4J.(3)Y_i=L^{1-\delta}e^{6Wi}\quad(0\le i\le J),\qquad H_0=e^{L^{1-\delta}},\qquad\eta=e^{-J},\qquad K=e^{4J}. \tag*{(3)}

We may assume J≥1J \ge1. Since 6WJ≤δlog⁡L6WJ \le\delta\log L, one has YJ≤LY_J \le L.

Centered primes and padding primes

For 1≤i≤J1 \le i \le J, let

Pi={p:p≡1(mod5), Yi−1≤log⁡p<Yi, p∤lh}.P_i=\{p:p\equiv1\pmod5,\ Y_{i-1}\le\log p<Y_i,\ p\nmid lh\}.

Let P=⋃iPiP=\bigcup_iP_i, and let

Q={p:p≢1(mod5), p≤eL, p∤lh}.Q=\{p:p\not\equiv1\pmod5,\ p\le e^L,\ p\nmid lh\}.

These sets are disjoint, and every prime in PP is at least H0H_0. Write

Vi=∑p∈Pi1p,V∗=∏i=1JVi,D={∏i=1Jpi:pi∈Pi}.V_i=\sum_{p\in P_i}\frac{1}{p},\qquad V_*=\prod_{i=1}^{J}V_i,\qquad D=\left\{\prod_{i=1}^{J}p_i:p_i\in P_i\right\}.

A label d∈Dd \in\mathcal{D} determines its ordered tuple of primes, because the supplies are disjoint. The prime number theorem for the fixed modulus 5 [12], followed by removal of the finitely many primes dividing lhlh, gives

∑p≤xp∈Rlog⁡p=αRx+Oh,l(xe−c1log⁡x)(4)\sum_{\substack{p \le x \\ p \in\mathcal{R}}} \log p = \alpha_{\mathcal{R}}x + O_{h,l}\left(xe^{-c_1\sqrt{\log x}}\right) \tag*{(4)}

where R\mathcal{R} is either the primes congruent to 1 (mod 5) or the primes not congruent to 1 (mod 5), in either case excluding prime divisors of lhlh, and αR=1/4\alpha_{\mathcal{R}} = 1/4 or 3/43/4, respectively. Here c1>0c_1 > 0 is absolute; the threshold and the implied constant may depend on h,lh,l. In the second selection the possible prime 5 contributes only a bounded term.

Partial summation on the logarithmic interval [Yi−1,Yi)[Y_{i-1},Y_i) gives

Vi=14log⁡YiYi−1+o(1)=32W+o(1),V_i = \frac{1}{4}\log\frac{Y_i}{Y_{i-1}} + o(1) = \frac{3}{2}W + o(1),

uniformly for 1≤i≤J1 \le i \le J. Indeed all these intervals begin at least at L1−δL^{1-\delta}, so their accumulated endpoint and integrated error in (4) tends to zero uniformly. Consequently, for sufficiently large XX,

W≤Vi≤2W,log⁡d≤∑i=1JYi≤L1−e−6W<2L(d∈D).(5)W \le V_i \le2W,\qquad\log d \le\sum_{i=1}^{J}Y_i \le\frac{L}{1-e^{-6W}} < 2L\quad(d \in\mathcal{D}). \tag*{(5)}

Let Q\mathcal{Q} be the squarefree products of primes in QQ, including 1, and put

u(q)=4ω(q),S=∑q∈Qu(q)q=∏p∈Q(1+4/p),w(n)=∑q∈Qq∣nu(q)=5ωQ(n).(6)u(q)=4^{\omega(q)},\qquad S=\sum_{q\in\mathcal{Q}}\frac{u(q)}{q}=\prod_{p\in Q}(1+4/p),\qquad w(n)=\sum_{\substack{q\in\mathcal{Q}\\q\mid n}}u(q)=5^{\omega_Q(n)}. \tag*{(6)}

Here ω\omega counts distinct prime factors. For any finite prime set R\mathcal{R}, write ωR(n)=#{p∈R:p∣n}\omega_{\mathcal{R}}(n)=\#\{p\in\mathcal{R}:p\mid n\}. The factor qq will be called the padding factor. All sums over these finite prime sets are finite, however large their cardinalities.

Short multiplicative intervals

For every integer j≥0j \ge0 with jη≤100Lj\eta\le100L, define

Sj={(d,q)∈D×Q:ω(q)≤100log⁡L, jη≤log⁡(dq)<(j+1)η},Tj=Xejη.(7)\mathcal{S}_j=\{(d,q)\in\mathcal{D}\times\mathcal{Q}:\omega(q)\le100\log L,\ j\eta\le\log(dq)<(j+1)\eta\},\qquad T_j=Xe^{j\eta}. \tag*{(7)}

There are O(L/η)O(L/\eta) such intervals. Define their total harmonic mass by

S0=∑j∑(d,q)∈Sju(q)dq.S_0=\sum_j\sum_{(d,q)\in\mathcal{S}_j}\frac{u(q)}{dq}.

Lemma 2.2 (Mass retained in the intervals). For sufficiently large XX,

12SV∗≤S0≤SV∗.\frac{1}{2}SV_* \le S_0 \le SV_*.

Proof. Under the law u(q)/(qS)u(q)/(qS), primes in QQ are independently included with probabilities 4/(p+4)4/(p+4). (4) and partial summation give

Eqlog⁡q≤4L,Eqω(q)≤4log⁡L\mathbb{E}_{q}\log q \le4L,\qquad\mathbb{E}_{q}\omega(q) \le4\log L

for large LL. Markov’s inequality therefore excludes log⁡q>98L\log q > 98L with probability at most 4/984/98, and excludes ω(q)>100log⁡L\omega(q) > 100\log L with probability at most 4/1004/100. Every remaining qq, together with every d∈Dd \in\mathcal{D}, satisfies log⁡(dq)≤100L\log(dq) \le100L by (2.3), and so lies in one of the intervals (2.5). Their probability exceeds 1/21/2. Summing the independent harmonic weights of dd, whose total is V∗,V_*, proves the lower bound. Dropping both restrictions proves the upper bound.

Centered divisor sums

The bins let us compare dilated correlations at essentially the same cutoff. For each bin define

Cj=1Tj∑1≤n≤Tj∑(d,q)∈Sju(q)1q∣n1n≡bqd (mod l)∏p∣d(1p∣n−1p)λ(n)λ(n+hqd).(8)C_j=\frac{1}{T_j}\sum_{1\le n\le T_j}\sum_{(d,q)\in\mathcal{S}_j}u(q)\mathbf{1}_{q\mid n}\mathbf{1}_{n\equiv b_{qd}\,(\mathrm{mod}\ l)} \prod_{p\mid d}\left(\mathbf{1}_{p\mid n}-\frac{1}{p}\right)\lambda(n)\lambda(n+hqd). \tag*{(8)}

For a fixed pair (d,q)(d,q), the term retaining every divisibility indicator in this expansion forces qd∣nqd\mid n. The substitution n=qdmn=qdm turns it into

u(q)qdF(Tjqd),Xe−η<Tjqd≤X.\frac{u(q)}{qd}F\left(\frac{T_j}{qd}\right),\qquad Xe^{-\eta}<\frac{T_j}{qd}\le X.

Here qdqd is coprime to ll, and complete multiplicativity cancels λ(qd)2=1\lambda(qd)^2=1. Since the summands defining FF are bounded by one, F(Tj/(qd))=F(X)+O(η+X−1)F(T_j/(qd))=F(X)+O(\eta+X^{-1}). Summing the weights and using S0≤SV∗S_0\le SV_*, the full-divisibility contribution is therefore

S0F(X)+O(SV∗(η+X−1)).S_0F(X)+O\bigl(SV_*(\eta+X^{-1})\bigr).

Lemma 4.1 will bound the remaining terms. We will then estimate the centered sums themselves by the graph argument, after removing summands of small total absolute weight.

The independent residue space

The factor 1p∣n−1/p\mathbf{1}_{p\mid n}-1/p has mean zero for a uniform residue modulo pp. To use this cancellation simultaneously at many primes, we introduce the auxiliary product law with one independent uniform residue modulo each p∈P∪Qp\in P\cup Q, and one independent uniform residue modulo ll. The latter is a single coordinate, even if ll is not squarefree; for l=1l=1 it is deterministic. The selected primes are all coprime to ll. Write E\mathbb{E} and P\mathbb{P} for expectation and probability under this law. A translated site n+an+a uses these same coordinates shifted by aa, so divisibility, progression tests, and w(n+a)w(n+a) are defined without a common integer nn.

At each site Ew=S\mathbb{E}w=S. The prime sets grow with XX, so this model must be compared with finite integer averages before it can be used to estimate deletion costs and graph moments. The next section supplies that comparison for the residue tests and truncated weights used below.

Comparing finite integer averages with independent residues

The auxiliary law makes the prime residue coordinates independent, but the prime sets grow with XX. Averaging over their full joint period would therefore give no useful error at the required scale. We instead compare the particular residue tests used in the proof. The comparison rests on bounded independence for Boolean circuits; we give the reduction from integer residues, including the small correction needed to make all sufficiently small bit marginals exactly uniform.

For a consecutive interval II of integers, write EI\mathbb{E}_I for the average obtained by choosing the origin uniformly in II. The symbol E\mathbb{E} continues to denote the independent residue law, and RsR_s denotes its coordinate modulo ss. A translated residue test at offset aa means Rs≡−a(mods)R_s \equiv-a \pmod{s}, using the same coordinate RsR_s at every translate. Different sites do not receive independent new coordinates. A Boolean circuit here uses unbounded-fan-in AND and OR gates and negations. Its depth counts AND and OR levels; for its size we count both gates and input occurrences. An event is represented by a circuit whose input bits are residue equalities.

Lemma 3.1 (Finite residue comparison). There is an absolute constant C1C_1 with the following property. Choose A>C1+20A > C_1 + 20. Let l≥1l \ge1 be fixed, and let R\mathcal{R} be any set of primes at most eLe^L, none dividing ll. On the coordinates modulo p∈Rp \in\mathcal{R} and modulo ll, let μ\mu be the product of the uniform laws; the modulus-one coordinate can be omitted. Suppose that an event E\mathcal{E} is represented by a circuit of depth at most 2020 and size at most exp⁡(L6)\exp(L^6) in these residue equalities. For every consecutive integer interval II with ∣I∣≥exp⁡(LA/2)|I| \ge\exp(L^{A/2}),

∣EI1E−μ(E)∣≤e−L10(9)\left|\mathbb{E}_I 1_{\mathcal{E}}-\mu(\mathcal{E})\right| \le e^{-L^{10}} \tag*{(9)}

for sufficiently large LL depending on ll. The bound is uniform in the position of II and in all offsets used by the tests. The modulus ll need not be squarefree.

Proof. We use Braverman’s bounded-independence theorem [3] (Corollary 2): for a fixed depth d0d_0, every tt-wise uniform distribution on Boolean bits fools circuits of size mm to error ε\varepsilon when t≥(log⁡(m/ε))C(d0)t \ge(\log(m/\varepsilon))^{C(d_0)}, with a suitable constant depending only on the depth. Being tt-wise uniform means that every set of at most tt bits has exactly the uniform joint distribution. We first encode the residue tests by bits, then correct the small failure of exact independence in the integer average.

Under the integer-residue law, RsR_s denotes the residue of the uniformly chosen origin modulo ss; under μ\mu it is the independent uniform coordinate. In both cases represent RsR_s by an integer in {0,…,s−1}\{0,\ldots,s-1\}. Put B=⌊L15⌋B=\lfloor L^{15}\rfloor. Independently at each modulus ss, adjoin a uniform random variable Us∈[0,1)U_s\in[0,1), independent also of the origin, and take the first BB binary digits of

Zs=Rs+Uss.Z_s=\frac{R_s+U_s}{s}.

Under μ\mu, all these bits are independent and unbiased. Decode RsR_s from its bits whenever their dyadic interval lies inside one interval [r/s,(r+1)/s)[r/s,(r+1)/s); on ambiguous intervals make any fixed choice. Conditional on any value of RsR_s, the probability of a decoding error is at most 2s2−B2s2^{-B}, since only the two boundary cells can cause an error. This bound holds under either origin law. Therefore the probability of any error is at most

21−B(l+∑p∈Rp)≤e3L2−B(10)2^{1-B}\left(l+\sum_{p\in\mathcal{R}}p\right)\le e^{3L}2^{-B} \tag*{(10)}

for large LL. Correct decoding of one coordinate makes all its translated equality tests correct simultaneously.

A decoded equality is a Boolean function of BB bits. Its truth-table disjunctive normal form has at most 2B2^B conjunctions, each containing at most BB literals. Substituting these forms into the original circuit gives depth at most 22 and size at most exp⁡(L17)\exp(L^{17}) for large LL.

Fix any set of at most tt encoded bits. It involves at most tt residue coordinates, whose moduli are pairwise coprime. Their product DD satisfies D≤ℓetLD \le\ell e^{tL}. If N=∣I∣N = |I|, each residue modulo DD occurs either ⌊N/D⌋\lfloor N/D\rfloor or ⌈N/D⌉\lceil N/D\rceil times in II. Thus its distribution has total variation distance at most D/ND/N from uniform. Here total variation is one half of the ℓ1\ell^1 distance between probability masses. Adding independent jitters and projecting to the selected bits cannot increase this distance. Their marginal consequently differs from uniform by at most

Δ≤exp⁡(2tL−LA/2)\Delta\le\exp(2tL-L^A/2)

for sufficiently large LL. The only use of ℓ\ell is as one modulus coprime to the selected primes, so repeated prime factors in ℓ\ell cause no change.

There are at most nbit≤e2Ln_{\mathrm{bit}} \le e^{2L} bits in all. Let ff be the density of their integer-origin law relative to uniform measure on this finite Boolean cube. For a set SS of bit indices, let χS\chi_S be the product of the signs (−1)xi(-1)^{x_i} over i∈Si \in S, and write f^(S)=EuniffχS\widehat{f}(S)=\mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{unif}}f\chi_S. By (3.3),

∣f^(S)∣≤2Δ(1≤∣S∣≤t).|\widehat{f}(S)| \le2\Delta\qquad(1 \le|S| \le t).

Set t=⌈LC1⌉t=\lceil L^{C_1}\rceil. The total absolute value of these coefficients is bounded by

q:=∑1≤∣S∣≤t∣f^(S)∣≤2Δ(t+1)nbitt≤e−L11,(11)q := \sum_{1\le|S|\le t}|\widehat{f}(S)| \le2\Delta(t+1)n_{\mathrm{bit}}^t \le e^{-L^{11}}, \tag*{(11)}

provided A>C1+20A>C_1+20 and LL is large.

The estimate (11) allows a correction that preserves nonnegativity, even where ff vanishes. This is a direct Fourier form of the almost-to-exact independence argument of Alon, Goldreich, and Mansour [1] [AGM03, Theorem 2.1 and Section 3.1]. We give the calculation with the error budget needed here. Put a=e−L11a=e^{-L^{11}} and define

H=∑1≤∣S∣≤tf^(S)χS,g=f−H+a1+a.H=\sum_{1\le|S|\le t}\widehat{f}(S)\chi_S,\qquad g=\frac{f-H+a}{1+a}.

Since ∣H∣≤q≤a|H|\le q\le a, the function gg is nonnegative. Its integral is one, and every nonconstant Fourier coefficient of order at most tt vanishes. Fourier inversion on each marginal shows that the law with density gg is exactly tt-wise uniform. Moreover,

dTV(f,g)≤q+aEunif∣1−f∣2(1+a)≤3a2.(12)d_{\mathrm{TV}}(f,g)\le\frac{q+a\mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{unif}}|1-f|}{2(1+a)}\le\frac{3a}{2}. \tag*{(12)}

Choose the absolute constant C1C_1 large enough for Braverman’s theorem at depth 22, size eL17e^{L^{17}}, and error e−L11e^{-L^{11}}. Then choose A>C1+20A>C_1+20. Applying Braverman’s theorem to gg gives error at most a=e−L11a=e^{-L^{11}}. Under either the integer-residue or product-residue law, the original and encoded tests can disagree only on the decoding event. The total comparison error is therefore at most

2e3L2−B+dTV(f,g)+a≤2e3L2−B+52e−L11≤e−L102e^{3L}2^{-B}+d_{\mathrm{TV}}(f,g)+a\le2e^{3L}2^{-B}+\frac{5}{2}e^{-L^{11}}\le e^{-L^{10}}

for sufficiently large LL. This proves (3.1). All choices are absolute; the threshold may depend on the fixed modulus ℓ\ell.

Corollary 3.2 (Scalar expansions). Under the hypotheses of Lemma 3.1, write E\mathbb{E} for expectation under μ\mu. Suppose Φ=∑αcα1Eα\Phi=\sum_{\alpha}c_{\alpha}\mathbf{1}_{E_{\alpha}}, where every event has the stated circuit bounds and ∑α∣cα∣≤exp⁡(CL5)\sum_{\alpha}|c_{\alpha}|\leq\exp(CL^{5}) for a fixed constant CC. Then, for sufficiently large LL,

∣EIΦ−EΦ∣≤e−L9.(13)\left|\mathbb{E}_{I}\Phi-\mathbb{E}\Phi\right|\leq e^{-L^{9}}. \tag*{(13)}

This also applies to the sum of errors for a family of such expansions when the same bound holds for their total absolute coefficient sum.

Proof. Apply (3.1) term by term and sum ∣cα∣e−L10|c_{\alpha}|e^{-L^{10}}. This argument preserves the signs of the coefficients until after taking each expectation.

Low-degree residue states and truncated weights

To apply Corollary 3.2 to weights, we first specify the set of QQ primes dividing a site. When this set has bounded size, its possible values give a manageable expansion into residue events.

For an offset aa, its active QQ-set is

Qa={p∈Q:Rp+a≡0(modp)}.Q_a=\{p\in Q:R_p+a\equiv0\pmod p\}.

Write mQ=⌊400log⁡L⌋m_Q=\lfloor400\log L\rfloor. There are at most

∑u=0mQ(∣Q∣u)≤(mQ+1)(∣Q∣+1)mQ=exp⁡(O(Llog⁡L))(14)\sum_{u=0}^{m_Q}\binom{|Q|}{u}\leq(m_Q+1)(|Q|+1)^{m_Q}=\exp(O(L\log L)) \tag*{(14)}

possible active sets with ∣Qa∣≤mQ|Q_a|\leq m_Q. Specifying one exactly is a conjunction testing every prime in QQ as present or absent. On this event w(n+a)=5∣Qa∣w(n+a)=5^{|Q_a|}, with nn denoting the random origin as in the auxiliary model. Every prescribed function or predicate of this active set is then a scalar or a fixed decision. In particular, any sum over squarefree divisors of the product of the active primes can be evaluated at this stage; there is no restriction on how many such divisors are used in defining that scalar.

The event ∣Qa∣>mQ|Q_a|>m_Q is also a small circuit: take the disjunction over (mQ+1)(m_Q+1)-element subsets of QQ of the conjunction asserting that all their primes divide the site. Define ωP(n+a)=#{p∈P:Rp+a≡0(modp)}\omega_P(n+a)=\#\{p\in P:R_p+a\equiv0\pmod p\}. The same construction applies to the condition ωP(n+a)>6WJ\omega_P(n+a)>6WJ, since 6WJ≤δlog⁡L6WJ\leq\delta\log L. These circuits have size exp⁡(O(Llog⁡L))\exp(O(L\log L)) and depth two.

The restriction ∣Qa∣≤mQ|Q_a|\leq m_Q must precede an arbitrary predicate of the active set. It reduces that predicate to a decision on each of the states counted in (14). We will apply this representation to the padding cutoffs and weight denominators when they arise. Its simplest consequence is the following weight bound.

Corollary 3.3 (Truncated weight average). For every offset aa and every interval II allowed in Lemma 3.1,

EI[w(n+a)1ωQ(n+a)≤400log⁡L]≤S+e−L9≤2S(15)\mathbb{E}_{I}\left[w(n+a)\mathbf{1}_{\omega_Q(n+a)\leq400\log L}\right]\leq S+e^{-L^{9}}\leq2S \tag*{(15)}

for sufficiently large $L. The analogous sum over MM fixed offsets is at most $2MS$.

Proof. Expand by exact active sets of size at most mQm_Q, with scalar coefficient 5∣Qa∣5^{|Q_a|}. The total coefficient sum is exp⁡(O(Llog⁡L))\exp(O(L\log L)), so Corollary 3.2 applies. The product-law expectation is at most Ew=S\mathbb{E}w=S, by independence of the prime coordinates. Finally S≥1S\geq1. The bound is uniform in the offset, and summing it proves the last assertion.

The comparison has now supplied the required passage to long integer intervals for bounded residue tests and their explicit scalar expansions. Moments of the unrestricted weight will be used only inside the auxiliary product law; the integer averages use the truncated weight in Corollary 3.3.

Centering and deleting a small edge mass

We first compare the progression correlation with a sum whose prime factors have mean zero in the independent residue model. The short Fourier estimate controls the terms introduced by this centering. We then show that restrictions on padding mass and prime degrees, together with any suitably rare residue event, remove only a small total mass. These two estimates prepare the correlation for the graph argument.

Centering the prime divisibility conditions

We first bound the terms other than full divisibility in the expansion of CjC_j from (2.6). Each such term leaves a nonempty product of primes to be averaged as a shift. Our target is an error that remains small after summing over all O(L/η)O(L/\eta) bins.

Lemma 4.1 (Centering estimate). With the parameters and prime supplies fixed above, for every sufficiently large real XX one has

∣∑jCj−S0F(X)∣≪h,lSV∗(η+X−1+η−12JL−1/20).\left|\sum_j C_j-S_0F(X)\right|\ll_{h,l}SV_*\left(\eta+X^{-1}+\eta^{-1}2^J L^{-1/20}\right).

We prove this estimate after two Fourier bounds. The first concerns rough integers; the second combines it with the short exponential-sum theorem of Matomäki, Radziwiłł, and Tao. The resulting shift average saves more than L−1L^{-1}, which pays for the number of bins. The fourth-moment treatment of the divisor exponential sum follows [16], Appendix C; we include the rough-number estimates and their finite counting errors. Write e(t)=exp⁡(2πit)e(t)=\exp(2\pi i t).

Lemma 4.2 (Fourier bounds for rough integers). Let LL be sufficiently large, let h≥1h\geq1 be an integer, and suppose

12exp⁡(L0.995)≤D≤exp⁡(2L).\frac{1}{2}\exp(L^{0.995})\leq D\leq\exp(2L).

Let Z⊂[D,2D)\mathcal{Z}\subset[D,2D) consist of integers with no prime factor at most exp⁡(L0.99)\exp(L^{0.99}). For

B(θ)=∑z∈Ze(hzθ)z(θ∈R/Z)B(\theta)=\sum_{z\in\mathcal{Z}}\frac{e(hz\theta)}{z}\qquad(\theta\in\mathbb{R}/\mathbb{Z})

one has, with absolute implied constants,

∥B∥∞≪L−0.99,∫01∣B(θ)∣4 dθ≪D−1L−3.96.(16)\lVert B\rVert_\infty\ll L^{-0.99},\qquad\int_0^1\lvert B(\theta)\rvert^4\,d\theta\ll D^{-1}L^{-3.96}. \tag*{(16)}

Proof. Put y=exp⁡(L0.99)y=\exp(L^{0.99}). We need upper bounds for the number of integers in [D,2D)[D,2D) avoiding every prime at most yy, and for the number of triples in [D,2D)3[D,2D)^3 for which all four forms

x1,x2,x3,x1+x2−x3x_1,\qquad x_2,\qquad x_3,\qquad x_1+x_2-x_3

avoid those primes. The last form is positive throughout this integer box. In the first case put m=1m=1, and in the second put m=4m=4. For each prime pp, the proportion νm(p)\nu_m(p) of residue vectors where at least one form vanishes satisfies

νm(p)=mp+O(p−2).(17)\nu_m(p) = \frac{m}{p} + O(p^{-2}). \tag*{(17)}

For the four forms, every pair of defining hyperplanes is independent over every prime field, including the field with two elements. Inclusion and exclusion of pairs proves (17). Moreover νm(p)<1\nu_m(p) < 1 for every pp: the residue 11 in the first case and the vector (1,1,1)(1,1,1) in the second avoid all the forms.

For completeness, a finite inclusion–exclusion argument suffices here. Let r0=2⌈500log⁡L⌉r_0=2\lceil500\log L\rceil and truncate inclusion–exclusion of the bad-prime events at this even order. This gives an upper bound for the proportion avoiding all the events. For any selected prime set of product rr, the Chinese remainder theorem gives residue density ∏p∣rνm(p)\prod_{p\mid r}\nu_m(p). Its normalized count in the interval or box differs from this density by O(r/D)O(r/D) when r≤Dr\le D. Indeed, each residue coordinate occurs D/r+O(1)D/r+O(1) times; summing the product of these counts over at most rr or r3r^3 residue vectors proves the assertion. There are at most (r0+1)(1+π(y))r0(r_0+1)(1+\pi(y))^{r_0} terms, each with r≤yr0r\le y^{r_0}. The total boundary error is therefore at most

1Dexp⁡(O(L0.99log⁡L)),(18)\frac{1}{D}\exp\bigl(O(L^{0.99}\log L)\bigr), \tag*{(18)}

which is smaller than every fixed negative power of LL, by the lower bound on DD.

In the independent residue model the difference between the even truncated sum and the full product is at most the next elementary symmetric sum. Partial summation of the prime number theorem and (17) give

∑p≤yνm(p)≤(4+o(1))log⁡L.\sum_{p\le y}\nu_m(p)\le(4+o(1))\log L.

Thus that difference is at most

(∑p≤yνm(p))r0+1(r0+1)!≤(e∑p≤yνm(p)r0+1)r0+1≪L−100.\frac{\left(\sum_{p\le y}\nu_m(p)\right)^{r_0+1}}{(r_0+1)!} \le \left(\frac{e\sum_{p\le y}\nu_m(p)}{r_0+1}\right)^{r_0+1} \ll L^{-100}.

The full product satisfies

∏p≤y(1−νm(p))≪(log⁡y)−m=L−0.99m;\prod_{p\le y}(1-\nu_m(p))\ll(\log y)^{-m}=L^{-0.99m};

the finitely many small primes contribute a positive constant, and the remaining factors follow by taking logarithms in (17). Together with (18), this proves the respective counts O(DL−0.99)O(DL^{-0.99}) and O(D3L−3.96)O(D^3L^{-3.96}).

The first count bounds ∑z∈Z1/z\sum_{z\in\mathcal{Z}}1/z and hence ∥B∥∞\lVert B\rVert_\infty. Orthogonality expresses the fourth moment as the sum of (z1z2z3z4)−1(z_1z_2z_3z_4)^{-1} over z1+z2=z3+z4z_1+z_2=z_3+z_4 with all four variables in Z\mathcal{Z}. The factor hh does not change this equality. Each triple determines z4z_4, and each weight is at most D−4D^{-4}. The second count proves the fourth moment bound.

The analytic input keeps the frequency fixed while averaging the starting point of a short interval.

Theorem 4.3 (Matomäki–Radziwiłł–Tao, [15], Theorem 1.3). For every pair of real numbers 10≤H≤Z10 \le H \le Z,

sup⁡α∈R∫0Z∣∑x≤n≤x+Hλ(n)e(αn)∣ dx≪HZ(log⁡log⁡Hlog⁡H+(log⁡Z)−1/700).\sup_{\alpha\in\mathbb{R}}\int_0^Z\left|\sum_{x\le n\le x+H}\lambda(n)e(\alpha n)\right|\,dx \ll HZ\left(\frac{\log\log H}{\log H}+(\log Z)^{-1/700}\right).

with an absolute implied constant. The supremum is outside the integral.

We next combine this theorem with Lemma 4.2. The conclusion is uniform over arbitrary subsets of the rough integers, so it permits all the bin and prime-supply restrictions imposed in (2.6).

Lemma 4.4 (Correlation averaged over rough shifts). Fix integers h,l≥1h,l\ge1 and b0∈Zb_0\in\mathbb{Z}. Let A≥1000A\ge1000, let LL be sufficiently large, and suppose Y≥exp⁡(LA/2)Y\ge\exp(L^{A/2}). Let DD be a positive integer and let Z⊂[D,2D)\mathcal{Z}\subset[D,2D) satisfy the assumptions of Lemma 4.2. Then

∣1Y∑1≤v≤Y∑z∈Z1z1v≡b0(modl)λ(v)λ(v+hz)∣≪h,lL−21/20.(19)\left|\frac{1}{Y}\sum_{1\le v\le Y}\sum_{z\in\mathcal{Z}}\frac{1}{z}\mathbf{1}_{v\equiv b_0\pmod l}\lambda(v)\lambda(v+hz)\right|\ll_{h,l}L^{-21/20}. \tag*{(19)}

Proof. For each integer 1≤v≤Y1\le v\le Y define

Fv(θ)=∑m=1Dλ(v+m)1v+m≡b0(modl)e(θm),F_v(\theta)=\sum_{m=1}^{D}\lambda(v+m)\mathbf{1}_{v+m\equiv b_0\pmod l}e(\theta m),
Gv(θ)=∑a=1(2h+1)Dλ(v+a)e(−θa).G_v(\theta)=\sum_{a=1}^{(2h+1)D}\lambda(v+a)e(-\theta a).

We first claim that, uniformly in θ\theta,

∑1≤v≤Y∣Fv(θ)∣≪YDL−0.8.\sum_{1\le v\le Y}|F_v(\theta)|\ll YDL^{-0.8}.

For integer DD, every x∈(v,v+1)x\in(v,v+1) has precisely v+1,…,v+Dv+1,\ldots,v+D as the integers in [x,x+D][x,x+D]. Apply Theorem 4.3 with H=DH=D and Z=⌊Y⌋+1Z=\lfloor Y\rfloor+1, discarding the unused initial unit interval. The restriction to the residue class follows from

1n≡b0(modl)=1l∑a=0l−1e(a(n−b0)l).\mathbf{1}_{n\equiv b_0\pmod l}=\frac{1}{l}\sum_{a=0}^{l-1}e\left(\frac{a(n-b_0)}{l}\right).

Its coefficients have total absolute value one. After the unimodular factor arising from n=v+mn=v+m is removed, this applies the same theorem to the frequencies θ+a/l\theta+a/l. In particular, no assumption that b0b_0 is coprime to ll is needed. The scale hypotheses imply 10≤D≤Z10\le D\le Z and

log⁡log⁡Dlog⁡D+(log⁡Z)−1/700≪L−0.8,\frac{\log\log D}{\log D}+(\log Z)^{-1/700}\ll L^{-0.8},

which proves (4.6).

Average the sum on the left of (4.5), before taking its absolute value, over translations by m=1,…,Dm=1,\ldots,D. Each translation changes at most 2m2m prefix terms for each zz. By Lemma 4.2, the normalized endpoint error is at most

O(DY∑z∈Z1z)=O(D/Y).O\left(\frac{D}{Y}\sum_{z\in\mathcal{Z}}\frac{1}{z}\right)=O(D/Y).

Let BB be the polynomial in Lemma 4.2. Orthogonality now expresses the translated average as

1YD∑1≤v≤Y∫01B(θ)Fv(θ)Gv(θ) dθ.(20)\frac{1}{YD}\sum_{1\le v\le Y}\int_0^1 B(\theta)F_v(\theta)G_v(\theta)\,d\theta. \tag*{(20)}

Indeed, expanding the integral imposes a=m+hza=m+hz. Since 1≤m≤D1\le m\le D and D≤z<2DD\le z<2D, this value of aa lies in the full range used to define GvG_v.

On the set where ∣B∣≤L−1.05|B|\le L^{-1.05}, Parseval and Cauchy–Schwarz give

∫01∣FvGv∣≤∥Fv∥2∥Gv∥2≤D(2h+1)D≪hD.\int_0^1 |F_vG_v| \le\|F_v\|_2\|G_v\|_2 \le\sqrt{D}\sqrt{(2h+1)D} \ll_h D.

Its contribution to (4.7) is therefore Oh(L−1.05)O_h(L^{-1.05}). The complementary set, denoted by E\mathcal{E}, satisfies

∣E∣≤L4.2∫01∣B∣4≪D−1L0.24.|\mathcal{E}| \le L^{4.2}\int_0^1 |B|^4 \ll D^{-1}L^{0.24}.

On this set use ∥B∥∞≪L−0.99\|B\|_\infty\ll L^{-0.99}, ∣Gv∣≤(2h+1)D|G_v|\le(2h+1)D, and (4.6). Its contribution is at most

1YD∣E∣L−0.99(2h+1)D(YDL−0.8)≪hL0.24−0.99−0.8=L−1.55.\frac{1}{YD}|\mathcal{E}|L^{-0.99}(2h+1)D\left(YDL^{-0.8}\right)\ll_h L^{0.24-0.99-0.8}=L^{-1.55}.

Finally D/Y≤exp⁡(2L−LA/2)D/Y\le\exp(2L-L^{A}/2) is negligible. This proves (4.5). □

Proof of Lemma 4.1. The full-divisibility contribution is (2.7). For every other term in the expansion of (2.6), let I⊂{1,…,J}I\subset\{1,\ldots,J\} be the nonempty set of prime supplies whose factors have been replaced by −1/p-1/p. Put

z=∏i∈Ipi,d′=d/z.z=\prod_{i\in I}p_i,\qquad d'=d/z.

For fixed qq, d′d', jj, substitute n=qd′vn=qd'v and put Y=Tj/(qd′)Y=T_j/(qd'). After extracting the sign (−1)∣I∣(-1)^{|I|} and the factor u(q)/(qd′)u(q)/(qd'), the remaining expression is

1Y∑1≤v≤Y∑z1z1v≡bz(modl)λ(v)λ(v+hz),(21)\frac{1}{Y}\sum_{1\le v\le Y}\sum_z\frac{1}{z}\mathbf{1}_{v\equiv bz\pmod l}\lambda(v)\lambda(v+hz), \tag*{(21)}

where zz ranges over the products from the supplies indexed by II that also satisfy the bin condition. This substitution is valid in every residue class, since qd′qd' is invertible modulo ll.

The allowed zz lie in an interval of logarithmic width η<log⁡2\eta<\log2. Split them by residue modulo ll and by the at most two dyadic intervals [D,2D)[D,2D) that meet this interval. In each resulting piece the residue bz(modl)bz\pmod l is constant. Unique prime factorization and the disjointness of the supplies show that each integer zz occurs at most once. Since II is nonempty, all its prime factors are at least H0=exp⁡(L0.995)H_0=\exp(L^{0.995}), and

D≥H0/2,D≤exp⁡(2L).D\ge H_0/2,\qquad D\le\exp(2L).

Furthermore, if the piece is nonempty, its bin condition implies Y>Xe−ηzY>Xe^{-\eta z}, so log⁡Y≥LA/2\log Y\ge L^{A}/2 for large LL. Lemma 4.4 therefore bounds (4.8) by Oh,l(L−21/20)O_{h,l}(L^{-21/20}).

For each fixed II and bin, the sum of the extraction weights is at most

∑qu(q)q∑d′1d′∏i∉IVi≤SV∗,\sum_q\frac{u(q)}{q}\sum_{d'}\frac{1}{d'}\prod_{i\notin I}V_i\le SV_*,

where the last inequality uses Vi>1V_i>1. There are O(L/η)O(L/\eta) bins and fewer than 2J2^J nonempty sets II. Hence the total contribution of the partial centering terms is

Oh,l(SV∗ 2Jη−1L−1/20).O_{h,l}(SV_*\,2^J\eta^{-1}L^{-1/20}).

Together with the full divisibility term this proves (4.1). □

The distribution of padding divisors

The centered averages still have occasional sites at which many padding choices contribute to one bin. We next prove that deleting such sites has small total cost. For a site nn, a label d∈Dd \in\mathcal{D}, and one of the bin indices jj, define

ρj(n,d)=1w(n)∑q∈Q, q∣njη≤log⁡(qd)<(j+1)ηu(q).(22)\rho_j(n,d) = \frac{1}{w(n)} \sum_{\substack{q \in\mathcal{Q},\ q \mid n \\ j\eta\le\log(qd) < (j+1)\eta}} u(q). \tag*{(22)}

Here the sum includes all squarefree padding divisors in the bin, without the restriction on ω(q)\omega(q) imposed in SjS_j. The denominator is positive because the divisor 11 is always present. Thus 0≤ρj≤10 \le\rho_j \le1 and ∑jρj≤1\sum_j \rho_j \le1. All these definitions also make sense in the auxiliary residue model. At a translated site n+an+a, divisibility by pp means Rp+a≡0(modp)R_p+a \equiv0 \pmod p, using the same residue coordinate at every site.

Define the tilted expectation at a single site by

E∗H=E(w(n)H)S.\mathbb{E}^{*}H = \frac{\mathbb{E}(w(n)H)}{S}.

This is a probability expectation since

Ew(n)=∏r∈Q(1+4/r)=S.\mathbb{E}w(n) = \prod_{r \in\mathcal{Q}}(1+4/r) = S.

The tilt preserves independence of the Q\mathcal{Q} coordinates and changes the probability of r∣nr \mid n from 1/r1/r to 5/(r+4)5/(r+4).

Lemma 4.5 (Padding anti-concentration). For every d∈Dd \in\mathcal{D} and the bin width η=e−J\eta= e^{-J},

E∗∑jρj(n,d)2≪h,lL−1.(23)\mathbb{E}^{*}\sum_j \rho_j(n,d)^2 \ll_{h,l} L^{-1}. \tag*{(23)}

The constant is independent of dd, WW, and the location of the bins.

Proof. Conditionally on the primes of Q\mathcal{Q} dividing nn, choose q1,q2q_1,q_2 independently with probabilities

P(qa=q∣n)=u(q)1q∣nw(n)(a=1,2).\mathbb{P}(q_a=q \mid n) = \frac{u(q)1_{q\mid n}}{w(n)} \qquad(a=1,2).

Each available prime is selected with probability 4/54/5. Under the combined tilted law let Z=log⁡(q1/q2)Z=\log(q_1/q_2). A prime rr contributes +log⁡r+\log r or −log⁡r-\log r with probability 4/[5(r+4)]4/[5(r+4)] each, and contributes zero otherwise. The contributions are independent, so its characteristic function, with angular frequency tt, is

ϕ(t)=E∗eitZ=∏r∈Q(1−85(r+4)(1−cos⁡(tlog⁡r))).(24)\phi(t) = \mathbb{E}^{*}e^{itZ} = \prod_{r\in\mathcal{Q}}\left(1-\frac{8}{5(r+4)}(1-\cos(t\log r))\right). \tag*{(24)}

Every factor is nonnegative: even at r=2r=2 it is at least 7/157/15. The inequality 1−x≤e−x1-x \le e^{-x} therefore gives

0≤ϕ(t)≤exp⁡(−85∑r∈Q1−cos⁡(tlog⁡r)r+4).0 \le\phi(t) \le\exp\left(-\frac{8}{5}\sum_{r\in\mathcal{Q}}\frac{1-\cos(t\log r)}{r+4}\right).

Replacing r+4r+4 by rr changes the exponent by O(1)O(1), uniformly in tt. For ∣t∣≤2|t|\le2, partial summation of the fixed-modulus prime number theorem in eq:2 gives

∑r∈Q1−cos⁡(tlog⁡r)r=34∫log⁡2L1−cos⁡(ty)y dy+Oh,l(1)=34log⁡(1+L∣t∣)+Oh,l(1).(25)\sum_{r\in\mathcal{Q}}\frac{1-\cos(t\log r)}{r} =\frac{3}{4}\int_{\log2}^{L}\frac{1-\cos(ty)}{y}\,\mathrm{d}y+O_{h,l}(1) =\frac{3}{4}\log(1+L|t|)+O_{h,l}(1). \tag*{(25)}

For completeness, in the partial summation the derivative of (1−cos⁡(tlog⁡x))/(xlog⁡x)(1-\cos(t\log x))/(x\log x) is O(1/(x2log⁡x))O(1/(x^2\log x)) uniformly for ∣t∣≤2|t|\le2. Its product with the prime-number-theorem error is integrable on [2,∞)[2,\infty). Deleting the finitely many prime divisors of lhlh also costs Oh,l(1)O_{h,l}(1). To verify the second equality, set u=∣t∣yu=|t|y. The integral over u≤1u\le1 is bounded, and integration by parts bounds ∫1Ucos⁡u du/u\int_1^U\cos u\,\mathrm{d}u/u uniformly in U≥1U\ge1. The lower endpoint ∣t∣log⁡2|t|\log2 stays bounded. These observations also cover t=0t=0. It follows that

0≤ϕ(t)≪h,l(1+L∣t∣)−6/5(∣t∣≤2).0\le\phi(t)\ll_{h,l}(1+L|t|)^{-6/5}\qquad(|t|\le2).

Conditionally on nn, the probability that both divisors lie in the jjth bin is ρj(n,d)2\rho_j(n,d)^2. Divisors in the same bin have ∣Z∣≤η≤1|Z|\le\eta\le1. Consequently the left side of (23) is at most P∗(∣Z∣≤1)\mathbb{P}^{*}(|Z|\le1). The function κ(x)=(sin⁡x/x)2\kappa(x)=(\sin x/x)^2, with κ(0)=1\kappa(0)=1, satisfies

1[−1,1](x)≤κ(x)sin⁡21,κ(x)=14∫−22(2−∣t∣)eitx dt.\mathbf{1}_{[-1,1]}(x)\le\frac{\kappa(x)}{\sin^2 1},\qquad \kappa(x)=\frac{1}{4}\int_{-2}^{2}(2-|t|)e^{itx}\,\mathrm{d}t.

Taking expectations, using (4.13), and integrating gives

P∗(∣Z∣≤1)≪h,l∫−22(1+L∣t∣)−6/5 dt≪h,lL−1.\mathbb{P}^{*}(|Z|\le1)\ll_{h,l}\int_{-2}^{2}(1+L|t|)^{-6/5}\,\mathrm{d}t\ll_{h,l}L^{-1}.

The common translation log⁡d\log d of the two padding logarithms disappeared from ZZ, which proves the asserted uniformity.

Deleting large degrees and prescribed rare sites

We formulate the deletion step with an explicit input for a family of rare sites. The following section will construct that family from short paths. For each bin jj, choose a Boolean predicate of the residue coordinates and write n∈Bjn\in\mathcal{B}_j when it holds at site nn. Translation covariance means that n+a∈Bjn+a\in\mathcal{B}_j is obtained from the same predicate by adding aa to every residue coordinate. We assume

P(n∈Bj)≤exp⁡(−12L1−δ).(26)\mathbb{P}(n\in\mathcal{B}_j)\le\exp\left(-\frac{1}{2}L^{1-\delta}\right). \tag*{(26)}

and that the event is represented by an AND–OR–NOT circuit of depth at most 66 and size at most exp⁡(L3)\exp(L^3), whose inputs are equalities in the prime residue coordinates and the coordinate modulo ll. The event uses no value of the Liouville function. Define σj(n)=1n∉Bj\sigma_j(n)=\mathbf{1}_{n\notin\mathcal{B}_j}. For any prime set RR, write ωR(n)=#{p∈R:p∣n}\omega_R(n)=\#\{p\in R:p\mid n\}. Define

τj(n,d)=1ωQ(n)≤400log⁡L1ρj(n,d)≤K/Lσj(n),χj(n,d)=τj(n,d)1ωP(n)≤6WJ.(27)\tau_j(n,d)=\mathbf{1}_{\omega_Q(n)\le400\log L}\mathbf{1}_{\rho_j(n,d)\le K/L}\sigma_j(n), \qquad \chi_j(n,d)=\tau_j(n,d)\mathbf{1}_{\omega_P(n)\le6WJ}. \tag*{(27)}

The function τj\tau_j omits the PP-degree cut: the graph argument will integrate the centered PP coordinates before applying that restriction as a projection. At present we impose all four cuts at both ends of each summand, defining

Cj∘=1Tj∑1≤n≤Tj∑(d,q)∈Sju(q)1q∣n1n≡bqd(modℓ)∏p∣d(1p∣n−1p)λ(n)λ(n+hqd)⋅χj(n,d)χj(n+hqd,d).(28)C_j^\circ=\frac{1}{T_j}\sum_{1\le n\le T_j}\sum_{(d,q)\in\mathcal{S}_j}u(q)\mathbf{1}_{q\mid n}\mathbf{1}_{n\equiv b_{qd}\pmod{\ell}}\prod_{p\mid d}\left(\mathbf{1}_{p\mid n}-\frac{1}{p}\right)\lambda(n)\lambda(n+hqd)\cdot\chi_j(n,d)\chi_j(n+hqd,d). \tag*{(28)}

Lemma 4.6 (Deletion cost). Suppose the family Bj\mathcal{B}_j satisfies the covariance, probability, and circuit hypotheses just stated. Then

1SV∗∑j∣Cj−Cj∘∣≪h,ℓ2J(K−1+L−100+e−2WJ)+exp⁡(−L0.9).(29)\frac{1}{SV_*}\sum_j\left|C_j-C_j^\circ\right|\ll_{h,\ell}2^J\left(K^{-1}+L^{-100}+e^{-2WJ}\right)+\exp\left(-L^{0.9}\right). \tag*{(29)}

This estimate holds for the integer averages defining CjC_j and Cj∘C_j^\circ, for every sufficiently large real XX.

Proof. We first bound the deletion costs in the auxiliary product model, after dropping the Liouville factors and the progression indicator, and replacing the absolute centered product by

ad+(n)=∏p∣d(1p∣n+1p).a_d^+(n)=\prod_{p\mid d}\left(\mathbf{1}_{p\mid n}+\frac{1}{p}\right).

At the end of the proof we transfer precisely these nonnegative costs to integer averages by Lemma 3.1. No assertion about untruncated integer moments of ww is needed.

Either endpoint. For a fixed numerical pair (d,q)(d,q), translation by hqdhqd preserves the auxiliary product law. Moreover divisibility by qq and by each prime of dd is unchanged by this translation. Thus an upper-endpoint failure has the same bound as a lower-endpoint failure. This argument does not assert that the full weight ww is constant across an edge. It suffices to analyze one endpoint and multiply the resulting bound by 22.

The two padding cuts. The PP coordinates are independent of the QQ coordinates and Ead+=2J/d\mathop{\mathrm{Ea}}\nolimits_d^+=2^J/d. Enlarge the eligible padding divisors to all divisors in their respective bins. The total costs of the first two cuts, at one endpoint and summed over bins, are at most

2JS∑d∈D1d{P∗(ωQ>400log⁡L)+E∗∑jρj(n,d)1ρj(n,d)>K/L}.(30)2^J S\sum_{d\in\mathcal{D}}\frac{1}{d}\left\{\mathbb{P}^*(\omega_Q>400\log L)+\mathbb{E}^*\sum_j\rho_j(n,d)\mathbf{1}_{\rho_j(n,d)>K/L}\right\}. \tag*{(30)}

Indeed the sum of padding weights in a bin is w(n)ρj(n,d)w(n)\rho_j(n,d), and ∑jρj≤1\sum_j\rho_j\le1. Under the tilted law the mean of ωQ\omega_Q is at most 4log⁡L4\log L for large LL. Independence and exponential Markov therefore give

P∗(ωQ>400log⁡L)≤exp⁡((−400+4(e−1))log⁡L)≪L−100.\mathbb{P}^*(\omega_Q>400\log L)\le\exp\left((-400+4(e-1))\log L\right)\ll L^{-100}.

Also x1x>K/L≤(L/K)x2x\mathbf{1}_{x>K/L}\le(L/K)x^2 for x≥0x\ge0. Applying Lemma 4.5 bounds the second term in braces by Oh,ℓ(K−1)O_{h,\ell}(K^{-1}). Since ∑d1/d=V∗\sum_d1/d=V_*, this gives the first two terms of (4.17).

The PP-degree cut. For fixed dd, tilt the PP coordinates by a ad+a_d^+ divided by its mean 2J/d2^J/d. Primes outside dd retain their independent Bernoulli laws, whereas the selected JJ primes contribute at most JJ to the count. As ∑p∈P1/p=∑iVi≤2WJ\sum_{p\in P}1/p=\sum_i V_i\le2WJ, exponential Markov gives

Pd,+(ωP>6WJ)≤exp⁡(−6WJ+J+2(e−1)WJ)≤e−2WJ(W≥10).\mathbb{P}_{d,+}(\omega_P>6WJ)\le\exp(-6WJ+J+2(e-1)WJ)\le e^{-2WJ}\qquad(W\ge10).

The padding coordinates remain independent. Summing their weights u(q)/qu(q)/q over all eligible pairs and bins is at most SS for each dd. Thus this deletion costs at most 2JSV∗e−2WJ2^J S V_* e^{-2WJ} per endpoint.

The rare sites. For one bin, the entire absolute row weight is bounded by

B(n)=w(n)∏i=1J(ωPi(n)+Vi).B(n)=w(n)\prod_{i=1}^{J}(\omega_{P_i}(n)+V_i).

To see this, sum all padding divisors for each dd, and then sum each prime slot separately. Independence gives

EB(n)2≤∏r∈Q(1+24/r)∏i=1J(4Vi2+Vi)≤Ch,lLC(18W2)J≤Ch,lLC′.\mathbb{E}B(n)^2\le\prod_{r\in Q}(1+24/r)\prod_{i=1}^{J}(4V_i^2+V_i)\le C_{h,l}L^C(18W^2)^J\le C_{h,l}L^{C'}.

Here C,C′C,C' are absolute: the first product is polynomial in LL by partial summation, and Jlog⁡(18W2)≤δlog⁡Llog⁡(18W2)/(6W)J\log(18W^2)\le\delta\log L\log(18W^2)/(6W) is bounded by an absolute multiple of log⁡L\log L for W≥10W\ge10. Cauchy–Schwarz and (26) therefore bound a single-bin rare-site cost by

Ch,lLC′/2exp⁡(−14L1−δ).C_{h,l}L^{C'/2}\exp\left(-\frac14L^{1-\delta}\right).

There are O(L/η)O(L/\eta) bins, and SV∗≥1SV_*\ge1. Their total contribution is at most exp⁡(−L0.9)\exp(-L^{0.9}) for sufficiently large LL.

Transfer to integer averages. We now justify applying Lemma 3.1 to the preceding costs. This also ensures that no independence claim is being made for arbitrary integer functions. Use a union bound for the two endpoints, and for the following four failures at either endpoint:

ωQ>400log⁡L;ωQ≤400log⁡L and ρj>K/L;n∈Bj;ωP>6WJ.\omega_Q>400\log L;\qquad\omega_Q\le400\log L\ \text{and}\ \rho_j>K/L;\qquad n\in B_j;\qquad\omega_P>6WJ.

This is the same deletion event, with the padding-mass failure tested only after the low-QQ cut passes. In the product model its cost is bounded by the estimates already proved, since dropping the extra low-QQ condition can only increase a nonnegative cost.

Fix a numerical j,d,qj,d,q and expand ad+a_d^+ as a sum of divisibility indicators. There are 2J2^J terms, with coefficients at most 1. The factor 1q∣n\mathbf{1}_{q\mid n} is a conjunction of its prime divisibilities. Each degree failure is an OR over subsets of primes of the required cardinality, testing that all their residues vanish. Since there are at most eLe^L available primes, the low-QQ degree test has size exp⁡(O(Llog⁡L))\exp(O(L\log L)). The PP threshold has the same bound, using 6WJ≤δlog⁡L6WJ\le\delta\log L.

For the padding-mass failure with low QQ degree, list all possible exact sets of at most 400log⁡L400\log L primes of QQ dividing the site. For each set, a conjunction asserts both the indicated presences and all other absences. On that state, both ww and ρj\rho_j are fixed numbers; retain the state precisely … these events with the indicated prime divisibilities has depth at most 10 and size at most exp⁡(L4)\exp(L^4) for large LL. Translation to an upper endpoint changes only the tested residues, not these bounds.

Finally, the numerical pairs satisfy dq≤exp⁡(100L+η)dq \le\exp(100L+\eta). The disjoint prime supports of dd and qq determine both from their product, so there are exp⁡(O(L))\exp(O(L)) eligible pairs in all bins. Also u(q)≤4100log⁡Lu(q) \le4^{100\log L}, and the expansion of ad†a_d^{\dagger} has total coefficient mass at most 2J2^J. The total absolute coefficients in all these comparisons are therefore at most exp⁡(O(L4))\exp(O(L^4)); even the looser bound permits all listed state expansions. The averaging interval has length ⌊Tj⌋≥exp⁡(12LA)\lfloor T_j\rfloor\ge\exp(\frac{1}{2}L^A). Lemma 3.1 makes the aggregate comparison error at most exp⁡(−L9)\exp(-L^9). Replacing the integer-length normalization by TjT_j costs at most Tj−1exp⁡(O(L4))T_j^{-1}\exp(O(L^4)), which is smaller still. Together with the product estimates, these errors prove (4.17).

Prohibited paths and centered traces

We now construct the sparse sets used in Lemma 4.6. Their removal will impose enough structure on closed walks to control a matrix moment. Throughout this section the bin index jj is fixed, and

s=⌊L1/10⌋,k=⌊L⌋.s=\left\lfloor L^{1/10}\right\rfloor,\qquad k=\lfloor L\rfloor.

All assertions are for sufficiently large LL, with the fixed integers h,lh,l and the absolute parameters A,WA,W held fixed.

The centered graph and high-trace strategy was developed by Helfgott and Radziwiłł [10] Sections 2–7. Pilatte developed its composite-label and nonbacktracking form [16] Sections 2–9. Here each step carries a prime tuple and a padding divisor; the trace expansion keeps the padding weights and the common residue coordinates explicit.

Positive paths and prohibited words

A signed step is a displacement Di=εihqidiD_i=\varepsilon_i hq_i d_i, where εi∈{−1,1}\varepsilon_i\in\{-1,1\} and (di,qi)∈Sj(d_i,q_i)\in S_j. A word of mm steps, starting at xx, visits the sites x+∑a<iDax+\sum_{a<i}D_a for 1≤i≤m+11\le i\le m+1. It is positive if qidiq_i d_i divides its departure site for every ii. This condition also holds at its arrival site, so positivity survives restriction and reversal. These definitions apply in the auxiliary residue model as well: divisibility then means the prescribed equality in the corresponding residue coordinate. A path need not remain inside any finite interval.

The next definition separates an equality pattern from an arithmetic condition on its labels. Within the pattern, a tuple prime may persist for several consecutive steps, but cannot return after disappearing. The additional condition is a divisibility relation on a suffix.

Definition 5.1. A numerical word is forward prohibited if it has length 3≤m≤s3\le m\le s and satisfies three conditions:

  1. Consecutive whole tuples di,di+1d_i,d_{i+1} are unequal.

  1. For every prime in PP, its indices of appearance among d1,…,dmd_1,\ldots,d_m form an interval, if nonempty.

  1. Some prime p∣d1p\mid d_1, absent from dmd_m, satisfies

p∣∑i=amDifor some 1<a<m.(31)p\mid\sum_{i=a}^{m}D_i\qquad\text{for some }1<a<m. \tag*{(31)}

A forward prohibited word is minimal if no shorter contiguous subword is forward prohibited in either orientation. A witness is a positive path realizing a minimal forward prohibited word. Let Bj\mathcal{B}_j be the set of sites at which a witness starts, and set σj(n)=1n∉Bj\sigma_j(n)=1_{n\notin\mathcal{B}_j}.

Thus we specialize the event and indicator used in Equation (4.15) and Lemma 4.6. Minimality is a condition on the numerical word, whereas positivity is a condition on the residue coordinates at its starting site. Any positive prohibited word contains a witness starting at one of its vertices: repeatedly choose a shorter prohibited subword, reversing when necessary. Length strictly decreases, while positivity is preserved. The structural use of this deletion appears in Lemma 7.1: on surviving positive paths of length at most ss, with unequal consecutive tuples, every tuple prime has consecutive occurrences and no nonempty subinterval has zero displacement.

We first give two elementary counting facts, including the order of summation needed later. A prime slot is an occurrence of a prime in one of the tuples or paddings. An equality pattern partitions these slots into classes, each class representing one prime variable; tuple classes also record their column PiP_i.

Lemma 5.2 (Reciprocal counting and elimination). Consider at most R≤4LR\le4L signed steps together with additional records having at most LO(1)L^{O(1)} choices per prime slot. Then the number of equality patterns and such records is at most exp⁡(O(Rlog⁡2L))\exp(O(R\log^2 L)). With one reciprocal for every distinct prime, the sum over their numerical values has the same bound, also after multiplication by Lu(qi)Lu(q_i) for each step.

Suppose, with the padding values fixed, that a recorded relation in the tuple primes is

az+c≡0(modp),a≢0(modp),az+c\equiv0\pmod p,\qquad a\not\equiv0\pmod p,

where a,c,pa,c,p are independent of the selected prime variable zz. Its reciprocal sum costs at most (1+L)/H0(1+L)/H_0 in place of an unrestricted prime sum. Such savings multiply when selected variables are ordered so that each relation uses only its own variable, earlier selected variables, and nonselected variables.

Proof. There are O(Rlog⁡L)O(R\log L) slots, since each tuple has J=O(log⁡L)J=O(\log L) factors and every eligible padding has at most 100log⁡L100\log L factors. A partition of NN slots has at most NNN^N descriptions. Signs, factor counts and all recorded indices therefore cost exp⁡(O(Rlog⁡2L))\exp(O(R\log^2 L)). Each numerical class has reciprocal mass O(log⁡L)O(\log L), by the prime harmonic bounds, and Lu(qi)≤L1+100log⁡4Lu(q_i)\le L^{1+100\log4}. This proves the first assertion. Dropping bin or numerical distinctness restrictions enlarges these positive sums. If distinct abstract classes are assigned the same numerical prime in such an enlargement, they retain their separate reciprocal factors.

For the second assertion the coefficient is invertible modulo pp, so zz lies in one residue class. Enlarge from primes to integers and compare the reciprocal sum along that progression with its integral:

∑H0≤n≤eLn≡c′(modp)1n≤1H0+Lp≤1+LH0.\sum_{\substack{H_0\le n\le e^L\\ n\equiv c'\pmod p}}\frac{1}{n} \le\frac{1}{H_0}+\frac{L}{p} \le\frac{1+L}{H_0}.

Fix the nonselected variables and sum the selected ones in reverse order. Every remaining earlier relation is independent of the variable currently being summed. Its own coefficient test is retained; if this test fails, the admissible inner sum is zero. The displayed bound is uniform in the remaining variables, and backward induction proves multiplication of the savings. After these sums, the other prime variables are bounded by the first assertion. ∅

Lemma 5.3 (Density and complexity of the deleted event). The event in Definition 5.1 is translation covariant and satisfies

P(n∈Bj)≤exp⁡(−12L1−δ).\mathbb{P}(n \in B_j) \le\exp\left(-\frac{1}{2}L^{1-\delta}\right).

As a function of the residue equalities it has a Boolean circuit of depth two and size at most exp⁡(L3)\exp(L^3) for sufficiently large LL.

Proof. We may count all forward prohibited positive words, without requiring minimality. For a fixed numerical word, positivity either gives inconsistent residue conditions or fixes one residue at each distinct prime in its steps. Its probability is accordingly zero or the product of their reciprocals.

At the last transition choose a column whose prime changes. Its last prime zz occurs nowhere earlier, by the interval condition. In (5.1), the contribution involving zz is exactly the last step. Thus its coefficient is εmhqmdm/z\varepsilon_m h_q m d_m/z. The controlling prime pp is absent from dmd_m, from hh and from every padding, so this coefficient is a unit modulo pp. It is independent of zz. Fixing the equality pattern, padding and other tuple values, Lemma 5.2 supplies one saving (1+L)/H0(1+L)/H_0. The remaining count, summed over 3≤m≤s3 \le m \le s, is at most

1+LH0exp⁡(O(slog⁡2L))≤exp⁡(−12L1−δ).\frac{1+L}{H_0}\exp\left(O(s\log^2 L)\right) \le\exp\left(-\frac{1}{2}L^{1-\delta}\right).

This proves the probability bound.

Each eligible numerical pair satisfies dq≤exp⁡(100L+1)dq \le\exp(100L+1). The disjoint prime supports recover dd and qq uniquely from their product. Thus the number of numerical words of length at most ss is exp⁡(O(sL))\exp(O(sL)). Preselect those satisfying the numerical prohibition and minimality conditions. Positivity of one such word is a conjunction of O(slog⁡L)O(s\log L) residue equalities, one per prime occurrence. Taking their disjunction gives the stated depth and size bounds. Translation merely shifts the same residue coordinates. This verifies all the hypotheses on the deleted events in Lemma 4.6. □

The matrices and their closed words

We use the cutoff τj(n,d)\tau_j(n,d) of (27): it includes the QQ-degree cutoff, the bound on ρj\rho_j, and σj\sigma_j, but omits the PP-degree cutoff. Let

M=⌈e103L⌉,M=\left\lceil e^{103L}\right\rceil,

and consider the sites t+1,…,t+Mt+1,\ldots,t+M. For each d∈Dd\in\mathcal{D} define a real symmetric matrix AdA_d. For an increasing edge n′=n+hqdn'=n+hqd within the block, (d,q)∈Sj(d,q)\in S_j, its entry is

Ad(n,n′)=Lu(q)τj(n,d)τj(n′,d)w(n)w(n′)1q∣n1n≡bqd (mod⁡l)∏p∣d(1p∣n−1p).(32)A_d(n,n')= \frac{Lu(q)\tau_j(n,d)\tau_j(n',d)} {\sqrt{w(n)w(n')}} \mathbf{1}_{q\mid n}\mathbf{1}_{n\equiv b_{qd}\,(\operatorname{mod} l)} \prod_{p\mid d}\left(\mathbf{1}_{p\mid n}-\frac{1}{p}\right). \tag*{(32)}

Set Ad(n′,n)=Ad(n,n′)A_d(n',n)=A_d(n,n'), and set all other entries to zero. The increasing edge determines qq uniquely. Let EE be the orthogonal coordinate projection to sites satisfying ωP(n)≤6WJ\omega_P(n)\le6WJ. Multiplying a row entry by w(n′)/w(n)\sqrt{w(n')}/\sqrt{w(n)} changes its padding weight to Lu(q)/w(n)Lu(q)/w(n); in each fixed orientation, the sum of these padding weights, with their divisibility and bin conditions, is at most Lρj(n,d)≤KL\rho_j(n,d)\le K at a retained site. On positive integer blocks, testing an increasing edge against wλ\sqrt{w}\lambda cancels both square-root weights, and imposing EE at both endpoints recovers $L times the retained centered edge weight in (28). On the direct sum of the dd-indexed copies of the block space define

Hd,d′=1d≠d′Ad′.H_{d,d'}=\mathbf{1}_{d\ne d'}A_{d'}.

This matrix need not be self-adjoint. Its powers record paths with unequal consecutive whole tuples, even if their paddings differ.

Theorem 5.4 (The nonbacktracking moment). There is an absolute constant C2C_2 such that

E∥Hk∥HS2≤[K(C2W)J]2k.(33)\mathbb{E}\lVert H^k\rVert_{\mathrm{HS}}^2\leq\left[K(C_2\sqrt{W})^J\right]^{2k}. \tag*{(33)}

The norm is the unnormalized Hilbert–Schmidt norm. The same estimate, after increasing C2C_2 absolutely, holds when block origins are averaged over any integer interval of length at least exp⁡(12LA)\exp(\frac{1}{2}L^A). The threshold for LL may depend on the fixed data.

We reduce this statement to positive counts of closed words in the rest of this section. The next two sections dispose of words with many arithmetic restrictions and count the remaining patterns.

An entry of HkH^k expands over successive copy labels d0,…,dkd_0,\ldots,d_k with di−1≠did_{i-1}\ne d_i and the corresponding products of matrix entries. Squaring and summing joins two site paths with common endpoints. Reverse the second using symmetry of AdA_d. The result is a closed word of 2k2k steps, with unequal consecutive tuples within each half. No such condition is needed across either join. Taking absolute values after each word’s expectation bounds the moment by the resulting sum. The external copy indices and initial site cost at most

∣D∣2M≤exp⁡(107L+O(1)).(34)\lvert D\rvert^2M\leq\exp(107L+O(1)). \tag*{(34)}

Indeed d≤e2Ld\leq e^{2L}. Once the word is recorded, there is no copy-index choice at each step beyond its recorded tuple.

The finite-origin comparison is applied to this signed expansion, before taking absolute values of word expectations. Fix a numerical word, its initial block index, and its external copy indices. All visited sites are then fixed translates of the block origin. At each site only QQ-divisor sets of size at most mQ=⌊400log⁡L⌋m_Q=\lfloor400\log L\rfloor survive. By (14), enumerating the exact sets at all 2k2k departures costs at most exp⁡(O(kLlog⁡L))\exp(O(kL\log L)) states. These events specify absence of all other QQ primes, so the weight denominators and the QQ-dependent cutoffs become scalars. Some state conjunctions may be inconsistent; their probability is then zero. No independence between different sites is used.

Expand the at most 2kJ2kJ centered factors into indicators and scalars, retaining their signs. This gives at most 22kJ2^{2kJ} terms with coefficient magnitudes at most one. Only prime occurrences in the main word enter this expansion; no complete PP-divisibility state is listed. Every other scalar factor per step has magnitude at most Lu(q)Lu(q), since w≥1w\geq1 and the cutoffs are at most one. As u(q)≤L100log⁡4u(q)\leq L^{100\log4}, the product of these factors is exp⁡(O(klog⁡L))\exp(O(k\log L)).

The remaining events are prime divisibility tests, progression tests, the exact QQ states, and absence of the prohibited paths from Lemma 5.3. The latter events have depth two before complementation and size at most exp⁡(L3)\exp(L^3). Conjoining the tests at all 2k2k sites adds a single AND level, so their combined depth is at most 20 and size at most exp⁡(L6)\exp(L^6) for large LL. The QQ-degree and ρj\rho_j cutoffs are already decisions on the exact states. Block restrictions are numerical conditions and add no circuit levels.

Each eligible pair has dq<e100L+η≤e101Ld_q<e^{100L+\eta}\leq e^{101L}, and disjointness of PP and QQ recovers (d,q)(d,q) from this product. The number of signed numerical words of length at most 2k2k is therefore at most (2k+1)(2e101L)2k(2k+1)(2e^{101L})^{2k}. The initial block index and two external copy indices contribute the factor M∣D∣2=exp⁡(O(L))M|\mathcal{D}|^2=\exp(O(L)). Combining these counts, the total absolute coefficient sum in all the indicator expansions is at most

exp⁡(O(kLlog⁡L))=exp⁡(O(L2log⁡L))≤exp⁡(O(L5)).(35)\exp(O(kL\log L))=\exp(O(L^2\log L))\leq\exp(O(L^5)). \tag*{(35)}

Thus Corollary 3.2 compares the entire signed sum with total error at most exp⁡(−L9)\exp(-L^9). We may then take the absolute values of its product-law word expectations. It suffices to prove the auxiliary-product estimate; the integer estimate follows with this negligible error. The comparison uses the truncated QQ states, without requiring an integer mean for the full weight w2w^2.

Integrating the centered prime coordinates

Fix a numerical closed word and write

x+ξifor its departures,ξi=∑a<iDa(1≤i≤2k).x+\xi_i\quad\text{for its departures},\qquad\xi_i=\sum_{a<i}D_a\quad(1\leq i\leq2k).

Its contribution has the form

RG∏i=12k∏p∣di(1p∣x+ξi−1p),G=∏i=12kσj(x+ξi).(36)RG\prod_{i=1}^{2k}\prod_{p\mid d_i}\left(\mathbf{1}_{p\mid x+\xi_i}-\frac{1}{p}\right),\qquad G=\prod_{i=1}^{2k}\sigma_j(x+\xi_i). \tag*{(36)}

Here R≥0R\geq0 is independent of all PP-residue draws. Its weight part is exactly

∏i=12kLu(qi)w(x+ξi)1qi∣x+ξi,(37)\prod_{i=1}^{2k}\frac{Lu(q_i)}{w(x+\xi_i)}\mathbf{1}_{q_i\mid x+\xi_i}, \tag*{(37)}

multiplied by the QQ-degree and ρj\rho_j cutoffs at incident endpoints, the orientation-dependent progression tests, and block restrictions. The denominator identity follows from closure, counting every visit with multiplicity. Each centered factor agrees at the two endpoints of its edge. For a reversed edge its progression test is still read at the lower endpoint, and remains in RR. Although RR can depend on the numerical PP labels, it does not depend on their residue draws. This is why the PP-degree projection has not yet been imposed on the matrices.

Call a PP prime appearing at exactly one step of the word a singleton. Let UU be their set and S1=∣U∣S_1=|U|. If GG were independent of one singleton coordinate, centering in that coordinate would make the word expectation zero. We retain this cancellation while accounting for the dependence introduced by the vertex deletions.

At every occurrence of a nonsingleton expand the centered factor into its indicator and its scalar −1/p-1/p. Call these choices lit and unlit, respectively, and let UU be the number of unlit occurrences. An unlit choice imposes no nondivisibility condition. For a prime pp, write ℓp,up\ell_p,u_p for its lit and unlit counts. Lit consistency means that all its lit departure offsets are congruent modulo pp. Define

bL=∏p singleton1p∏p nonsingletonp−up−1ℓp>0.b_{\mathcal{L}}=\prod_{p\ \mathrm{singleton}}\frac{1}{p}\prod_{p\ \mathrm{nonsingleton}}p^{-u_p-1_{\ell_p>0}}.

If lit consistency fails, the designated term vanishes; set ΔG=0\Delta G=0 in this case. Otherwise, starting from one common draw of the prime residues, overwrite every nonsingleton with a lit occurrence by its forced residue. For each H⊆UH\subseteq U, also overwrite the singleton coordinates in $H by the residues forced at their sole occurrences, leaving the other singleton coordinates at their original values. Call the resulting configuration a hybrid, and let GHG_H be the value of GG there. The mixed difference, forced minus original in each singleton coordinate, is

ΔG=∑H⊆U(−1)S1−∣H∣GH.\Delta G = \sum_{H \subseteq U} (-1)^{S_1-\lvert H\rvert}G_H.

Lemma 5.5 (Exact centering before absolute values). The absolute expectation of a designated term of (5.6) is at most

1lit consistencybLE[R∣ΔG∣].(38)\mathbf{1}_{\mathrm{lit\ consistency}} b_{\mathcal{L}}\mathbb{E}[R\lvert\Delta G\rvert]. \tag*{(38)}

In particular ∣ΔG∣≤2S1\lvert\Delta G\rvert\le2^{S_1}.

Proof. For a uniform residue ZZ modulo pp, a fixed residue aa, and any function FF of that coordinate,

E[(1Z=a−1p)F(Z)]=1pE[F(a)−F(Z)].\mathbb{E}\left[\left(\mathbf{1}_{Z=a}-\frac{1}{p}\right)F(Z)\right]=\frac{1}{p}\mathbb{E}[F(a)-F(Z)].

Apply this identity successively to the independent singleton coordinates. At a nonsingleton, incompatible lit tests give zero; otherwise they force one residue and supply 1/p1/p, while every unlit choice supplies the scalar −1/p-1/p. These operations produce exactly the factor bLb_{\mathcal{L}} and the mixed difference, up to the signs of the unlit scalars. The factor RR is unchanged in every operation. Taking the absolute value after these integrations proves the bound. The final assertion follows because GG takes values in {0,1}\{0,1\}.

The square-root dependence on WW in (5.3) comes from repeated prime labels. Among 2kJ2kJ tuple-prime occurrences there are at most Jk+S1/2Jk+S_1/2 distinct labels, since every nonsingleton occurs at least twice. For a fixed equality pattern, summing one reciprocal per label therefore costs at most (2W)Jk+S1/2(2W)^{Jk+S_1/2}. To use this count, we must still control the number of patterns and sum the padding weights uniformly. We first discard terms where extra unlit reciprocals, independent lit-consistency congruences, or relations forced by many singletons give a stronger saving directly. The forest count and uniform padding sum in Section 7 will handle the remaining terms.

For negligible classes of words we will discard denominators and cutoffs in RR, but retain all padding divisibility tests. Independence then gives one reciprocal per distinct QQ prime. The factor bLb_{\mathcal{L}} gives at least one reciprocal per distinct PP prime. Together with Lemma 5.2, the total cost before any additional saving is exp⁡(O(Llog⁡2L))\exp(O(L\log^2 L)), including (5.4), lit designations and 2S12^{S_1}. Padding values may be fixed first during a constrained sum over tuple primes; their original bound qi≤e100L+1q_i \le e^{100L+1} is retained when needed for coefficient-size estimates.

Lemma 5.6 (Many unlit occurrences). The total contribution to the moment majorant from designated terms with U>L1/50U>L^{1/50} is at most exp⁡(−L1+δ)\exp(-L^{1+\delta}).

Proof. If a nonsingleton has a lit occurrence, each of its unlit occurrences supplies an extra reciprocal beyond its basic 1/p1/p. If all its m≥2m\ge2 occurrences are unlit, it supplies p−mp^{-m} and hence at least m/2m/2 extra reciprocal powers beyond the basic one. Thus at least U/2U/2 extra powers remain, all at primes at least H0H_0. The total is at most

exp⁡(O(Llog⁡2L))H0−U/2≤exp⁡(O(Llog⁡2L)−12L1.015)≤exp⁡(−L1+δ).\exp(O(L\log^2 L))H_0^{-U/2} \le\exp(O(L\log^2 L)-\tfrac{1}{2}L^{1.015}) \le\exp(-L^{1+\delta}).

We now turn to the two remaining sources of arithmetic savings: independent congruences and singleton primes.

Arithmetic savings for exceptional words

The centered trace has been reduced to the majorants in Lemma 5.5. We now discard two further classes. Independent lit-consistency equations provide a rank saving, while many singleton coordinates force positive witnesses whose relations can be summed in a triangular order. Each saving makes its entire class negligible before we count the remaining words.

Recurrence congruences constraining prime labels play a central role in [10], Sections 6–7. We first prove a random-prime rank estimate suited to the present coefficients. The later witness argument adapts the active-prime and triangular-constraint constructions of [16], Lemmas 11.6, 13.1, and 13.6.

Saving from independent congruences

We first discard the words whose lit-consistency conditions contain many independent pairs of vectors. The point is to use rank over R\mathbb{R}, without assuming that a matrix remains invertible modulo any of the primes being summed. The following probability estimate isolates the argument.

Lemma 6.1 (A rank estimate for random prime divisors). Let P\mathcal{P} be a finite nonempty set of primes, and let μ\mu be a probability measure on P\mathcal{P} with max⁡p∈Pμ(p)≤α\max_{p\in\mathcal{P}}\mu(p) \le\alpha. Let r≥1r \ge1, let B∈Mr(Z)B \in M_r(\mathbb{Z}) be nonsingular over R\mathbb{R}, and let f:Pr→Zf:\mathcal{P}^r \to\mathbb{Z} be any function. Suppose that M≥2M \ge2 and

∣(B(y−y′))i∣≤Mfor all y,y′∈Pr and 1≤i≤r.\left|(B(y-y'))_i\right| \le M \qquad\text{for all }y,y'\in\mathcal{P}^r\text{ and }1\le i\le r.

If the 2r2r coordinates of c,y∈Prc,y\in\mathcal{P}^r are independent with law μ\mu, then

P(ci∣(By+f(c))i for every i)≤[α(1+dM)]r/2,dM=⌊log⁡Mlog⁡2⌋.(39)\mathbb{P}\left(c_i\mid(By+f(c))_i\text{ for every }i\right) \le[\alpha(1+d_M)]^{r/2},\qquad d_M=\left\lfloor\frac{\log M}{\log2}\right\rfloor. \tag*{(39)}

Proof. Let E(c,y)E(c,y) denote the divisibility event in the statement, and let y′y' be an independent copy of yy, independent also of cc. Cauchy–Schwarz, applied to the conditional probability with cc fixed, gives

P(E(c,y))2=(EcPy(E(c,y)∣c))2≤EcPy(E(c,y)∣c)2=P(E(c,y)∩E(c,y′))≤P(ci∣(B(y−y′))i for every i).\mathbb{P}(E(c,y))^2 = \left(\mathbb{E}_c\mathbb{P}_y(E(c,y)\mid c)\right)^2 \le\mathbb{E}_c\mathbb{P}_y(E(c,y)\mid c)^2 = \mathbb{P}(E(c,y)\cap E(c,y')) \le\mathbb{P}\left(c_i\mid(B(y-y'))_i\text{ for every }i\right).

The two copies have the same controlling primes cic_i, so subtraction removes the entire vector f(c)f(c). Write v=B(y−y′)v=B(y-y'). For a subset Z⊆{1,…,r}Z\subseteq\{1,\ldots,r\} of size aa, the rows of BB indexed by ZZ have rank aa. Choose an invertible aa-column minor in those rows. Conditional on y′y' and on the coordinates of yy outside that minor, the equations vi=0v_i=0 for i∈Zi\in Z determine at most one vector of values for its aa remaining coordinates. Independence and the atom bound imply

P(vi=0 for all i∈Z)≤αa.(40)\mathbb{P}(v_i=0\text{ for all }i\in Z)\le\alpha^a. \tag*{(40)}

This includes a=0a=0, with the empty condition having probability one.

Now fix y,y′y,y'. A nonzero integer of absolute value at most MM has at most dMd_M distinct prime divisors. Each nonzero coordinate viv_i therefore satisfies ci∣vic_i\mid v_i with conditional probability at most dMαd_M\alpha. The controls are independent of each other and of vv. If the exact zero set of vv is ZZ, their joint conditional probability is thus at most (dMα)r−∣Z∣(d_M\alpha)^{r-\lvert Z\rvert}. Using (40) and summing over the possible exact zero sets gives

P(ci∣vi for every i)≤∑Z⊆{1,…,r}α∣Z∣(dMα)r−∣Z∣=[α(1+dM)]r.\mathbb{P}(c_i \mid v_i\ \text{for every }i) \le\sum_{Z\subseteq\{1,\ldots,r\}} \alpha^{\lvert Z\rvert}(d_M\alpha)^{r-\lvert Z\rvert} = [\alpha(1+d_M)]^r.

Taking the square root proves (6.1).

We apply the lemma to one column of the prime tuples in a word of length 2k2k. Put

r=⌊L1/50⌋.r=\left\lfloor L^{1/50}\right\rfloor.

Fix a column ν∈{1,…,J}\nu\in\{1,\ldots,J\} and an equality pattern for its prime slots. Let Zν\mathcal{Z}_\nu be the set of its abstract labels, let za∈Zνz_a\in\mathcal{Z}_\nu be the label at step aa, and write pzp_z for the numerical prime assigned to zz. Fix the padding values, orientations, and the primes in every other column. In the real vector space with basis (ez)z∈Zν(e_z)_{z\in\mathcal{Z}_\nu} define

ta=Dapza,v(i)=∑a<itaeza(1≤i≤2k).t_a=\frac{D_a}{p_{z_a}},\qquad v(i)=\sum_{a<i}t_a e_{z_a}\qquad(1\le i\le2k).

Each step has exactly one prime from column ν\nu. Consequently tat_a is an integer independent of every numerical prime in that column. Evaluating eze_z at pzp_z sends v(i)v(i) to the departure offset ξi\xi_i.

For two lit occurrences i,i′i,i' of a label zz, consider the pair

(ez,v(i)−v(i′)).(e_z,v(i)-v(i')).

A collection of these pairs is jointly independent when all its displayed vectors together are linearly independent over R\mathbb{R}.

Lemma 6.2 (Discarding words with large rank). In the sum of the nonnegative majorants from Lemma 5.5, the total contribution of words having a column with rr jointly independent pairs (6.4) is

O(exp⁡(−c0L203/200))O\left(\exp\left(-c_0L^{203/200}\right)\right)

for some absolute c0>0c_0>0 and sufficiently large LL. The bound includes the external dimension factors in the trace expansion and is uniform in the bin. The threshold may depend on the fixed parameters W,h,lW,h,l.

Proof. Use the positive reciprocal majorant and enumeration of Lemma 5.2. Thus we may discard the denominators and cutoffs, retain one reciprocal for every distinct prime label, and include the factors Lu(qa)Lu(q_a) and 2S12^{S_1} in the crude count. We retain the lit-consistency conditions. The total unrestricted count, including external dimension factors, is exp⁡(O(Llog⁡2L))\exp(O(L\log^2 L)).

Fix a column, its equality pattern, and the other-column and padding data. Choose rr jointly independent pairs, and denote their controlling labels by z1,…,zrz_1,\ldots,z_r and their difference vectors by w1,…,wrw_1,\ldots,w_r. The controlling labels are distinct. Modulo C=span⁡(ez1,…,ezr)C=\operatorname{span}(e_{z_1},\ldots,e_{z_r}), the images of the wiw_i remain independent: a dependence would express a nontrivial linear combination of the wiw_i as a combination of the ezie_{z_i}, contrary to joint independence. Therefore the row matrix of the wiw_i, after deleting all controlling columns, has rank rr. Choose an invertible rr-column minor B0B_0 of that matrix.

The entries of the entire row matrix, and hence the choice of a minor by any fixed deterministic rule, are independent of all the numerical primes in column ν\nu. Fix the prime variables in that column outside the controlling coordinates and the minor. Write ci=pzic_i=pz_i for the controls and yy for the vector of primes in the minor. The selected lit-consistency conditions become

ci∣(B0y+A0c+d0)i(1≤i≤r),c_i \mid(B_0y+A_0c+d_0)_i \qquad(1\le i\le r),

with fixed integer matrices B0B_0, A0A_0 and a fixed integer vector d0d_0. No invertibility assertion modulo cic_i is being made.

Enlarge the positive sum by dropping numerical distinctness among abstract labels, as well as bin and closure restrictions. Continue to attach one factor 1/p1/p to each abstract label: if two coordinates now take the same prime, their product weight is 1/p21/p^2. The enlarged reciprocal sum is consequently a product sum. Its normalized coordinates have independent law

μν(p)=1Vνp(p∈Pν),max⁡pμν(p)≤1VνH0≤1H0.\mu_\nu(p)=\frac{1}{V_\nu p}\quad(p\in P_\nu),\qquad\max_p\mu_\nu(p)\le\frac{1}{V_\nu H_0}\le\frac{1}{H_0}.

This independence allows numerical coincidences. In particular, after subtraction in Lemma 6.1, the controls remain independent of B0(y−y′)B_0(y-y'), even on a sample space that permits such coincidences.

We check the size hypothesis after these enlargements. The fixed padding values came from eligible steps, so qa≤e100L+1q_a\le e^{100L+1}. The product of the primes in the other columns is at most e2Le^{2L} by the geometric spacing of their bands. Hence

∣ta∣≤he102L+1.|t_a|\le he^{102L+1}.

Each row of the difference matrix has sum of absolute coefficients at most 2khe102L+12khe^{102L+1}. Since every prime in the resampled column is at most eLe^L, we obtain

∣(B0(y−y′))i∣≤2khe103L+1=eO(L).|(B_0(y-y'))_i|\le2khe^{103L+1}=e^{O(L)}.

For fixed hh and sufficiently large LL, the constant in this last exponent is absolute. In Lemma 6.1 we may therefore take dM=O(L)d_M=O(L), α=(VνH0)−1\alpha=(V_\nu H_0)^{-1}, and f(c)=A0c+d0f(c)=A_0c+d_0. The probability of (6.5) is at most

(O(L)VνH0)r/2≤exp⁡(O(rlog⁡L))H0−r/2.\left(\frac{O(L)}{V_\nu H_0}\right)^{r/2}\le\exp(O(r\log L))H_0^{-r/2}.

Multiplying by the unrestricted harmonic masses restores the unnormalized reciprocal sum with this same relative saving. The estimate is uniform in every fixed outside variable, so these variables may now be summed.

The column, selected pairs and selected minor have at most J(2k)O(r)J(2k)^{O(r)} descriptions. Their cost is absorbed in exp⁡(O(rlog⁡L))\exp(O(r\log L)). Together with the crude enumeration, the total is bounded by

exp⁡(O(Llog⁡2L)+O(rlog⁡L)−r2log⁡H0).\exp\left(O(L\log^2 L)+O(r\log L)-\frac r2\log H_0\right).

Since log⁡H0=L199/200\log H_0=L^{199/200} and r=L1/50+O(1)r=L^{1/50}+O(1), its negative term is (12+o(1))L203/200(\frac12+o(1))L^{203/200} and dominates both positive terms. This proves the lemma.

We may therefore restrict the remaining trace sum to words for which, in every column, a maximal jointly independent collection of pairs (6.4) has fewer than rr members. This quantitative restriction will constrain the equality patterns once the words with many singleton labels have also been discarded.

Singleton primes and positive witnesses

We next dispose of words having many singleton primes. Without the vertex deletion, integration of any singleton centered factor would give zero. The mixed difference in Lemma 5.5 measures the failure of this cancellation caused by deletion. We show that a nonzero mixed difference forces many positive witnesses, and that these witnesses supply successively usable congruences on distinct prime labels.

Put

T=⌊L1/12⌋.T = \left\lfloor L^{1/12} \right\rfloor.

Lemma 6.3 (A common configuration of witnesses). Fix a numerical main word with singleton set UU, where S1=∣U∣>L1/4S_1 = |U| > L^{1/4}, and fix a draw of the residue coordinates. If ΔG≠0\Delta G \ne0, then some hybrid contains TT positive witnesses attached at main departures, each of length at most ss, with distinct marked primes y1,…,yT∈Uy_1,\ldots,y_T \in U. The prime yjy_j occurs in witness jj and in none of the other T−1T-1 witnesses. The combined length of the main word and these witnesses is at most 4L4L.

Proof. For the fixed numerical word, let W\mathcal{W} be the finite set of all possible witness tests at its departure sites. Write IwI_w for the indicator that the preselected numerical word ww is positive at its assigned departure. Then

G=∏w∈W(1−Iw).G = \prod_{w\in\mathcal{W}} (1-I_w).

A repeated test in this product is harmless because its factors take values in {0,1}\{0,1\}. Expand this finite product algebraically and apply the mixed difference in UU. If the union of the prime supports of a subfamily A⊆W\mathcal{A} \subseteq\mathcal{W} omits a prime p∈Up \in U, then ∏w∈AIw\prod_{w\in\mathcal{A}} I_w is independent of the pp coordinate. Its full mixed difference is therefore zero. Consequently ΔG≠0\Delta G \ne0 implies that some subfamily whose supports cover UU has a nonzero mixed difference. Its intersection indicator is then one in at least one hybrid. All witnesses in that subfamily are positive in this single configuration.

Choose an inclusion-minimal subfamily covering UU there. Each member contains a prime of UU occurring in no other member, since otherwise that member could be removed. A witness has at most sJsJ distinct PP labels, so this subfamily has at least S1/(sJ)S_1/(sJ) members. For sufficiently large LL,

S1sJ≥L3/20J>T.\frac{S_1}{sJ} \ge\frac{L^{3/20}}{J} > T.

Keep any TT members and one private prime in each. Their private primes remain private in the selected subfamily. Finally,

2k+sT≤2L+L11/60≤4L.2k+sT \le2L+L^{11/60} \le4L.

The algebraic expansion above has been used only to deduce existence. No bound is obtained by summing the absolute values of its terms, and no enumeration of all its subfamilies is charged. □\square

The cover gives each selected witness a private singleton prime, but privacy alone does not give a congruence with an invertible coefficient in that prime. We first identify labels having such a coefficient in an internal relation. For a minimal prohibited word with steps E1,…,EmE_1,\ldots,E_m, call a PP label xx active if there are a PP label cc of the same word and an interval I⊆{1,…,m}I \subseteq\{1,\ldots,m\} such that

c∣∑a∈IEa,∑a∈Ix∣EaEa≢0(modc).c \mid\sum_{a\in I} E_a,\qquad\sum_{\substack{a\in I\\ x\mid E_a}} E_a \not\equiv0 \pmod c.

In particular x≠cx \ne c. With every other numerical label fixed, the first sum is linear in xx and its coefficient is invertible modulo cc. These are exactly the conditions needed for a reciprocal-prime saving.

Lemma 6.4 (Active labels in a minimal witness). Let E1,…,EmE_1,\ldots,E_m be a minimal prohibited word. For every PP label yy in this word, either yy is active or there are an active label zz and a step ii containing zz such that

∑a<iy∣EaEa≢0(modz).\sum_{\substack{a<i\\ y\mid E_a}} E_a \not\equiv0 \pmod z.

The relations establishing activity have the form (6.6) with contiguous intervals.

Proof. Consecutive tuples differ, and each label occupies an interval of step indices. Thus some label zz enters for the first time on the last step. Let cc be the first-step label controlling the prohibited suffix of the word. Since cc is absent from the last tuple and divides neither hh nor a padding factor, c∤Emc\nmid E_m. The contribution of zz to the prohibited suffix is exactly EmE_m, so zz is active. The same argument shows that every label used only on the last step is active.

Now suppose that yy occurs before the last step. Restricting attention to steps 1,…,m−11,\ldots,m-1, its occurrences form a nonempty interval [a,b][a,b], where b<mb<m; yy may also occur on step mm. If Ea+⋯+EbE_a+\cdots+E_b is nonzero modulo zz, then (6.7) holds at i=mi=m. Otherwise

z∣Ea+⋯+Eb.z\mid E_a+\cdots+E_b.

Every step before the last is nonzero modulo zz, so b>ab>a. Reverse the contiguous subword Ea,…,EmE_a,\ldots,E_m, negating all its steps. Its first step contains zz, its last does not, and its suffix consisting of the reversed steps Eb,…,EaE_b,\ldots,E_a has sum divisible by zz. This suffix starts strictly after the first step because b<mb<m, and strictly before the last step because b>ab>a. The interval appearances and unequal consecutive tuples persist under reversal. The reversed subword is therefore forward prohibited. Minimality forces a=1a=1.

Choose a label z′z' newly entering on step 2, which is possible because the first two tuples differ. Let b′b' be the smaller of bb and the last index carrying z′z'. Its contribution to (6.8) is E2+⋯+Eb′E_2+\cdots+E_{b'}. If that contribution were zero modulo zz, then b′>2b'>2, since z∤E2z\nmid E_2. The reversed subword Em,…,E2E_m,\ldots,E_2 would then be forward prohibited, with controlling prime zz and suffix Eb′,…,E2E_{b'},\ldots,E_2. It is shorter than the original word, contradicting minimality. Hence z′z' is active through (6.8). Since yy occurs on step 1 and z′z' does not, its contribution before step 2 is E1≢0(modz′)E_1\not\equiv0\pmod{z'}. This proves (6.7) with i=2i=2 and z′z' in place of zz.

We now have two ways to obtain a usable congruence. An active label already appears with an invertible coefficient in an internal relation. For a private label that is not active, Lemma 6.4 supplies a nonzero prefix contribution modulo another active label. If that active label also occurs in another witness, positivity lets us compare the two departures to obtain a congruence. The next proof either selects enough internal relations or arranges enough of these comparisons in an order suitable for elimination.

Lemma 6.5 (Elimination of the singleton class). For a fixed bin, the total contribution to the absolute majorants in Lemma 5.5 from main words with S1>L1/4S_1>L^{1/4}, including the external factor ∣D∣2M|D|^2M in the trace expansion, is at most

exp⁡(−L21/20)\exp(-L^{21/20})

for sufficiently large LL, with the fixed parameters held fixed.

Proof. Whenever the integrand is nonzero, Lemma 6.3 supplies TT witnesses positive in one common hybrid, with marked private singletons. Order them as w1,…,wTw_1,\ldots,w_T by their attachment indices a1≤⋯≤aTa_1\leq\cdots\leq a_T on the main word; order ties arbitrarily. Write t(y)t(y) for the unique main step carrying a main singleton yy. Thus the main position of yy has been passed at attachment aa exactly when t(y)<at(y)<a. We will select at least ⌊T/8⌋\lfloor T/8\rfloor prime variables and order their relations so that each relation is independent of all later selected variables. In the first two cases we select active labels, which need not be the marked singletons. In the remaining case we select the private marked singletons themselves.

Internal relations. Suppose at least T/8T/8 witnesses have an active label absent from every earlier witness. Choose one such label from each of these witnesses, and record an internal relation establishing its activity. The chosen labels are distinct. Each earlier relation involves only labels in its own witness, so it is independent of every later chosen label, including as a controlling modulus. Sum the chosen prime values in reverse witness order. When one is summed, all earlier relations are independent of that variable, while its own relation has an invertible coefficient. This gives at least ⌊T/8⌋\lfloor T/8\rfloor successive reciprocal-prime savings. If instead at least T/8T/8 witnesses have an active label absent from every later witness, apply the same argument with the order reversed.

Comparison relations. Assume neither alternative holds. Apart from fewer than T/4T/4 witnesses, every active label occurs in both an earlier and a later witness. In each remaining witness wjw_j, its private marked singleton yjy_j is not active. By Lemma 6.4, choose an active label zjz_j and a departure within wjw_j whose prefix has nonzero yjy_j-contribution modulo zjz_j.

First consider those jj for which t(yj)≥ajt(y_j)\geq a_j. Choose an earlier witness whw_h, h<jh<j, containing zjz_j, and a departure there using zjz_j. Let βj\beta_j and βh\beta_h be the offsets of these selected departures from the respective starts of wjw_j and whw_h. Positivity in the common hybrid gives

zj∣(ξaj+βj)−(ξah+βh)=∑ah≤v<ajDv+βj−βh.(41)z_j \mid(\xi_{a_j}+\beta_j)-(\xi_{a_h}+\beta_h)=\sum_{a_h\leq v<a_j}D_v+\beta_j-\beta_h. \tag*{(41)}

The main segment omits yjy_j because t(yj)≥ajt(y_j)\geq a_j, and whw_h omits it by privacy. Its only contribution is therefore through βj\beta_j, where it has the nonzero prefix contribution given by Lemma 6.4.

For two selected witnesses wj,wiw_j,w_i with j<ij<i, the private label yiy_i occurs in neither witness prefix in (6.9). It is also absent from its main segment, since

t(yi)≥ai≥aj.t(y_i)\geq a_i\geq a_j.

Thus the comparison belonging to wjw_j is independent of every later selected variable yiy_i. This includes its controlling prime: zjz_j occurs in both wjw_j and whw_h, whereas each selected yiy_i is private. Eliminating the selected labels in decreasing attachment order is therefore valid. Equal attachment indices cause no difficulty, as the main segment still ends strictly before that index.

For the witnesses with t(yj)<ajt(y_j)<a_j, choose instead a later witness containing zjz_j. The comparison uses the main segment starting at aja_j and ending just before that later attachment, so it omits yjy_j. Order this group by decreasing attachment index. A selected label from a smaller attachment has its unique main position still smaller than that attachment, and hence lies before the start of every earlier comparison segment in this order. Privacy removes it from the two witness prefixes as well. The same reverse-elimination argument applies. One of these two groups has at least T/8T/8 witnesses for sufficiently large TT: there are more than 3T/43T/4 candidates before dividing them according to whether their main position has passed.

Summing the relations. In all cases, record the chosen relations, their order, their controlling labels, and the nonvanishing coefficient tests. Fix the equality pattern, the numerical padding factors, and all nonselected numerical labels. Every selected congruence is linear in its selected prime xx; its coefficient is a unit modulo its controlling prime pp. The latter is unselected or belongs to an earlier relation in the chosen order. The reciprocal sum is bounded by

∑H0≤x≤eLx≡c(modp)1x≤1H0+Lp≤1+LH0.\sum_{\substack{H_0\le x\le e^L\\x\equiv c\pmod p}} \frac{1}{x}\le\frac{1}{H_0}+\frac{L}{p}\le\frac{1+L}{H_0}.

where enlarging from primes to integers only increases the sum. Retain the nonvanishing coefficient condition during each elimination; if it fails for the remaining fixed data, that inner sum is zero. After summing a selected variable, drop its already used relation. The explicit dependencies above ensure that all still retained relations are independent of the variable just eliminated.

It remains to justify the residue cost and the number of records. Bound ∣ΔG∣|\Delta G| by 2S12^{S_1}, drop denominators and cutoffs from RR, and retain its padding divisibilities. The factor bLb_L already supplies one reciprocal for every main PP label. Each new witness PP label and each distinct main or witness QQ label has a positivity test in its original residue coordinate, which no hybrid changes. Their joint average supplies one reciprocal per distinct such label. Constraints on overwritten main coordinates may be dropped. In particular no choice of hybrid needs to be counted: these retained residue tests are unchanged throughout the hybrids, and the recorded numerical relations are necessary consequences of positivity in the common one.

The total recorded length is at most 4L4L. Lemma 5.2 therefore bounds the equality patterns, numerical reciprocal sums before the selected savings, signs, and weights by exp⁡(O(Llog⁡2L))\exp(O(L\log^2 L)). Attachments, marked labels, internal interval endpoints, partner-witness indices, and elimination orders have only polynomially many options per recorded slot, so their inclusion preserves this bound. The factors 2S12^{S_1} and ∣D∣2M=exp⁡(O(L))|\mathcal{D}|^{2M}=\exp(O(L)) do so as well. We have proved the bound

exp⁡(O(Llog⁡2L))(1+LH0)⌊T/8⌋.\exp(O(L\log^2 L))\left(\frac{1+L}{H_0}\right)^{\lfloor T/8\rfloor}.

Finally, Tlog⁡H0≍L1/12+199/200=L647/600T\log H_0\asymp L^{1/12+199/200}=L^{647/600}. This dominates both Llog⁡2LL\log^2 L and L21/20L^{21/20}, proving the assertion.

Counting the remaining words

We complete the trace estimate by counting the words left after Lemmas 5.6, 6.2 and 6.5. The arithmetic estimates have removed words with many unlit occurrences, large constraint rank, or many singletons. The remaining equality patterns admit a short description by a forest. Its size bound will hold simultaneously for all padding coefficients; this uniformity allows us to sum the padding weights only after counting the patterns.

Positive blocks and their geometry

Retain the notation for a closed word of length 2k2k from the trace expansion: its displacements are Di=εihiqidiD_i=\varepsilon_i h_iq_id_i, its departure offsets are ξi\xi_i, and the two halves have unequal consecutive tuples did_i. Recall that S1S_1 counts singleton column labels and UU counts unlit occurrences of nonsingleton labels. A position is perfect if every column occurrence at that position is a lit nonsingleton. All other positions are imperfect; their number II satisfies

I≤S1+U.I\le S_1+U.

Fix a word and designation satisfying lit consistency, and a residue configuration for which the integrand R∣ΔG∣R|\Delta G| in Lemma 5.5 is nonzero. Since ΔG≠0\Delta G \ne0, at least one term of its defining alternating sum has G=1G=1; fix such a hybrid. All lit nonsingleton coordinates have their forced values in every hybrid. Also, R>0R>0 supplies every padding divisibility. Thus every perfect step is positive in this hybrid, and every main vertex satisfies σj=1\sigma_j=1.

Within each half, split every maximal interval of consecutive perfect positions into blocks of s=⌊L1/10⌋s=\lfloor L^{1/10}\rfloor positions, followed by one shorter block if necessary. Their number BB satisfies

B≪1+k/s+S1+U,B \ll1+k/s+S_1+U,

with an absolute constant. Each block is a positive path whose vertices all survive the prohibited-word deletion.

Lemma 7.1 (Geometry of perfect blocks). In each such block, the occurrences of every column prime form an interval of consecutive positions. No nonempty subinterval of the block has total displacement zero.

Proof. If the interval assertion fails, choose across all columns two consecutive occurrence groups having the shortest gap. Let ii be the last position in the first group and i′i' the first in the next, and let pp be their common prime. The prime pp is absent from i+1,…,i′−1i+1,\ldots,i'-1. Every label in the substring i,…,i′−1i,\ldots,i'-1 has interval-shaped uses, since otherwise it would give a shorter gap. Positivity at the departures of steps ii and i′i' gives

p∣∑a=ii′−1Da,hencep∣∑a=i+1i′−1Da.p \mid\sum_{a=i}^{i'-1} D_a,\qquad\text{hence}\qquad p \mid\sum_{a=i+1}^{i'-1} D_a.

The length i′−ii'-i cannot be two: the latter sum would be one displacement whose tuple and padding both omit pp, while p∤hp\nmid h. The substring therefore has length at least three. It is a forward prohibited word, with its suffix starting at its second step. Pass to a minimal prohibited contiguous subword, allowing reversal. Positivity survives these operations, and its starting vertex is one of the main vertices. This contradicts σj=1\sigma_j=1 there.

For the second assertion a single displacement is nonzero. In any subinterval of length at least two, the first and last tuples differ. Indeed, if they agreed in every column, the interval assertion would make every tuple in that subinterval equal, contrary to the nonbacktracking condition. Choose a first-step prime pp absent from the last tuple. If the total displacement were zero, deleting the first step would leave a suffix sum divisible by pp. In a two-step subinterval this is impossible, because pp does not divide the last displacement. In length at least three it makes the subinterval forward prohibited. Minimal descent gives the same contradiction. A reversed subword may begin at the end of the block; this endpoint is also a main vertex. At the end of the closed word it is its initial vertex, so the survival condition still applies.

A forest code independent of the coefficients

An equality pattern in a column is the partition of its 2k2k positions according to equality of their prime labels; the numerical prime values are not part of the pattern. In this subsection we count the union of these patterns over all numerical label values, padding choices, signs, and surviving hybrids that satisfy the indicated rank and occurrence bounds.

Lemma 7.2 (Forest coding). Suppose that

S1≤L1/4,U≤L1/50,r=⌊L1/50⌋,S_1 \le L^{1/4}, \qquad U \le L^{1/50}, \qquad r = \lfloor L^{1/50} \rfloor,

and that, in every column, there are no rr pairs (6.4) whose 2r2r vectors are jointly independent. Consider lit-consistent terms of Lemma 5.5 with a nonzero integrand. The equality patterns that can occur in any one column belong to a set of cardinality at most exp⁡(Ck)\exp(Ck), for an absolute constant CC. This set can be chosen independently of all numerical coefficients and padding choices. Consequently there are at most exp⁡(CJk)\exp(CJk) combined column patterns.

Proof. Fix one realization and one column. Let Z\mathcal{Z} be its set of distinct labels and let V\mathcal{V} be the real vector space with basis (ez)z∈Z(e_z)_{z \in\mathcal{Z}}. If the label at position aa is zaz_a, define its formal departure offsets by

v(i)=∑a<itaeza,ta=Da/pza.v(i) = \sum_{a<i} t_a e_{z_a}, \qquad t_a = D_a/p_{z_a}.

The coefficients tat_a do not use the prime values in this column. Choose an inclusion-maximal collection of pairs (ez,v(i)−v(i′))(e_z,v(i)-v(i')), where i,i′i,i' are lit occurrences of zz, whose combined vectors are independent. If there are mm pairs, their span D0D_0 has dimension 2m<2r2m < 2r.

Choose a basis of V/D0\mathcal{V}/D_0 from the images of the coordinate vectors. Call the corresponding labels regular and the other labels omitted. There are exactly 2m<2r2m < 2r omitted labels. Write vˉ\bar v and eˉz\bar e_z for images in the quotient. For a regular label zz, all lit starts lie on one affine line parallel to eˉz\bar e_z. Otherwise some difference v(i)−v(i′)v(i)-v(i') would be outside D0+RezD_0+\mathbb{R}e_z; since ez∉D0e_z \notin D_0, adjoining that pair would contradict maximality. The regular directions are nonzero and jointly independent. For each regular label zz with a lit occurrence, let

ℓz=vˉ(i)+Reˉz,i any lit occurrence of z.\ell_z = \bar v(i) + \mathbb{R}\bar e_z, \qquad i\text{ any lit occurrence of }z.

The preceding argument makes this line independent of the choice of ii. The lines so defined are distinct, since their directions are independent.

Compress each constant run in each perfect block to one run-entry. By Lemma 7.1, a given label occurs in at most one run per block. A regular run of label zz has quotient increment

(∑a in the runDapz)eˉz≠0.(42)\left(\sum_{a\text{ in the run}} \frac{D_a}{p_z}\right)\bar e_z \ne0. \tag*{(42)}

The inequality uses the nonzero-subinterval assertion of Lemma 7.1. Cut the runs at omitted entries and at block boundaries. This leaves at most (2r+1)B(2r+1)B nonempty regular segments and at most 2rB2rB omitted run-entries. The parameter bounds and (7.2) give

(2r+1)B≪L0.92.(2r+1)B \ll L^{0.92}.

Each regular run of label zz starts and ends on ℓz\ell_z, and (7.3) says that its endpoints are distinct. A transition from a zz-run to a z′z'-run is therefore a common point of ℓz\ell_z and ℓz′\ell_{z'}. We encode these incidences by a simple bipartite graph: one vertex represents each line used by the regular segments, and one vertex represents each distinct projected transition point. Join a transition point to the two lines of its transition, identifying vertices whenever the same line or point recurs. Include an isolated line vertex if it occurs only in one-run segments. There are at most 2k2k line vertices and at most 2k2k point vertices. This graph is a forest. A simple cycle would pass through distinct line vertices, and thus through distinct independent directions. On each of its lines the two adjacent point vertices are distinct. The displacements around the cycle would consequently give a linear relation among the regular directions with every coefficient nonzero, a contradiction.

A regular segment gives a walk in this forest. It has no immediate reversal: a walk line–point–same line would repeat an adjacent run label, and a walk point–line–same point would contradict (42). A walk without immediate reversal in a forest is the unique simple path between its endpoints. Therefore the ordered pair of line endpoints recovers all run labels of the segment. Equal endpoints encode a one-run segment.

Figure 1 illustrates this decoding. The graph records only incidences; the numerical positions of the points will not enter the code.

A schematic incidence forest with line vertices and projected transition points

Figure 1. A schematic incidence forest. Boxes are line vertices and dots are projected transition points. The bold path is determined by its two endpoint line vertices and recovers the run-label sequence z~1,z~2,z~3\tilde{z}_1,\tilde{z}_2,\tilde{z}_3. Edges represent incidence in the quotient space.

We describe explicitly a code for the whole column pattern.

  1. Record imperfect positions, block boundaries, run boundaries, and the omitted or regular status of each run. These are binary data on O(k)O(k) positions and have exp⁡(O(k))\exp(O(k)) possibilities.

  1. Record the equality partition among the omitted run-entries. Its cost is at most (2k)O(rB)(2k)^{O(rB)}.

  1. Give the abstract forest, rooted and ordered in any manner, with its line or point vertex types. The parenthesis traversal of a rooted ordered forest with at most 4k4k vertices, together with the type bits, has exp⁡(O(k))\exp(O(k)) possibilities. The traversal numbers its vertices.

  1. Give the ordered pair of line-vertex numbers for every regular segment. By the unique-path property this recovers its run sequence. The cost is at most (4k)O((2r+1)B)(4k)^{O((2r+1)B)}.

  1. At every imperfect position, give a representative occurrence of its label. A label already represented in a perfect position points to such a position; otherwise use its first imperfect occurrence. This costs at most (2k)I(2k)^I.

These data determine a unique equality partition. Omitted labels cannot equal regular labels. Their recorded partition determines all omitted equalities, while the forest vertices determine all regular equalities. The last step supplies every remaining equality. Neither coordinates of transition points nor numerical coefficients are needed in this decoding.

All constants in these code counts are absolute. Their logarithms sum to at most

C0k+C0L0.92log⁡(4k)+C0(S1+U)log⁡(2k)≤CkC_0 k + C_0 L^{0.92}\log(4k) + C_0(S_1+U)\log(2k) \le Ck

for an absolute CC and sufficiently large absolute LL. Here k=[L]k=[L] and both exponents 0.920.92 and 1/41/4 are strictly less than one.

The code universe just described depends only on the length and the displayed numerical bounds. Every realizable pattern, whatever the coefficients, has a code in that same universe.

For example, choose the first valid code in a fixed ordering; the decoder shows that two different patterns cannot receive the same code. Thus the bound counts the union over all coefficients, not just the patterns at one fixed coefficient choice. Applying this universal bound in each of the JJ columns proves the last assertion.

Summing padding in a fixed residue environment

The forest code has removed the dependence of the pattern count on padding. We can now sum all padding choices, keeping the departure cut that bounds their mass at each site. This summation uses one shared residue environment; no independence between translated sites is asserted.

Lemma 7.3 (Padding sum). Fix an integer m≥1m \ge1, a bin jj, tuples d1,…,dm∈Dd_1,\ldots,d_m \in\mathcal{D}, signs ε1,…,εm∈{−1,1}\varepsilon_1,\ldots,\varepsilon_m \in\{-1,1\}, an initial site, and the entire non-P residue environment. With successive sites defined by ni+1=ni+εihqidin_{i+1}=n_i+\varepsilon_i h q_i d_i, one has

∑q1,…,qm∈Q∏i=1mLu⁡(qi)w(ni)1qi∣ni(di,qi)∈Sj1ρj(ni,di)≤K/L≤Km.(43)\sum_{q_1,\ldots,q_m\in\mathcal{Q}} \prod_{i=1}^{m} \frac{\operatorname{Lu}(q_i)}{w(n_i)} \mathbf{1}_{q_i\mid n_i}(d_i,q_i)\in S_j \mathbf{1}_{\rho_j(n_i,d_i)\le K/L} \le K^m. \tag*{(43)}

The bound is uniform over the fixed data and initial site.

Proof. Let ci(n,q)c_i(n,q) denote the iith factor in the product. The definition of ρj\rho_j allows all squarefree padding products in the bin; the extra bound on ω(q)\omega(q) in SjS_j only reduces their sum. Consequently, at every site nn,

∑qci(n,q)≤Lρj(n,di)1ρj(n,di)≤K/L≤K.\sum_q c_i(n,q) \le L\rho_j(n,d_i)\mathbf{1}_{\rho_j(n,d_i)\le K/L} \le K.

Set Fm+1(n)=1F_{m+1}(n)=1 and recursively define

Fi(n)=∑qci(n,q)Fi+1(n+εihqdi).F_i(n)=\sum_q c_i(n,q)F_{i+1}(n+\varepsilon_i hq d_i).

Backward induction, using a bound uniform in the starting site at each stage, gives Fi(n)≤Km−i+1F_i(n)\le K^{m-i+1}. In particular F1(n1)≤KmF_1(n_1)\le K^m. The shifts caused by earlier padding choices therefore introduce no additional factor.

Completion of the trace estimate

Proof of Theorem 5.4. First work in the product residue law. The contributions with U>L1/50U>L^{1/50}, with a high-rank column, or with S1>L1/4S_1>L^{1/4} are o(1)o(1) in total by Lemmas 5.6, 6.2 and 6.5, including the external dimension factors of the trace expansion. We sum the remaining contributions using Lemma 5.5.

By Lemma 7.2, the combined column patterns lie in a single family of at most exp⁡(CJk)\exp(CJk) possibilities, independently of all padding choices. Fix one such pattern, its numerical column labels, the signs, and the lit or unlit designations. Replace ∣ΔG∣|\Delta G| by 2S12^{S_1} and retain just one reciprocal per distinct column prime in bLb_{\mathcal{L}}. Every nonsingleton provides at least one such reciprocal: either it has a lit occurrence, or all of its at least two occurrences are unlit. Dropping the other reciprocals and lit consistency enlarges the nonnegative majorant.

In RR, drop closure, progression and block restrictions, arrival cuts, and the low-QQ cuts. Retain the padding divisibilities, bin conditions, departure weights, and departure ρj\rho_j cuts. The closed-word identity for its denominators was established before this enlargement. Conditional on the non-PP environment, Lemma 7.3 with m=2km=2k bounds the full padding sum by K2kK^{2k}. All its factors are unchanged by the PP-coordinate overwrites, and the bound is uniform in the environment. Taking its expectation preserves that bound.

Let mim_i be the number of distinct labels in column ii, and put mP=∑imim_P=\sum_i m_i. Among the 2kJ2kJ column occurrences, exactly S1S_1 belong to singleton labels and every other label occurs at least twice. Hence

2kJ≥S1+2(mP−S1),mP≤Jk+S1/2.2kJ \ge S_1+2(m_P-S_1), \qquad m_P \le Jk+S_1/2.

After the uniform padding bound, the numerical label sum is at most

∏i=1JVimi≤(2W)Jk+S1/2≤(2W)Jk+L1/4/2.(44)\prod_{i=1}^{J} V_i^{m_i} \le(2W)^{Jk+S_1/2} \le(2W)^{Jk+L^{1/4}/2}. \tag*{(44)}

Here dropping distinctness among prime classes is simply an enlargement of a positive reciprocal sum. The classes are already identified by their first occurrences, so no further permutation factor is introduced.

There are at most 22k2^{2k} sign choices and 22kJ2^{2kJ} lit or unlit designations. The mixed difference contributes 2S12^{S_1}. The external indices cost at most ∣D∣2M≤exp⁡(108L)|\mathcal{D}|^2M \le\exp(108L) for large LL, since ∣D∣≤e2L|\mathcal{D}| \le e^{2L} and M=⌈e103L⌉M=\lceil e^{103L}\rceil. Combining these bounds with the forest count and (7.6) gives

E∥Hk∥HS2≤K2kexp⁡(C4Jk)(2W)Jk+L1/4/2+o(1),(45)\mathbb{E}\lVert H^k\rVert_{\mathrm{HS}}^2 \le K^{2k}\exp(C_4Jk)(2W)^{Jk+L^{1/4}/2}+o(1), \tag*{(45)}

where C4C_4 is absolute. The factor exp⁡(108L)\exp(108L) is absorbed here using J≥1J\ge1 and k≥L/2k\ge L/2.

For every fixed WW, once LL is sufficiently large, (2W)L1/4/2≤ek(2W)^{L^{1/4}/2}\le e^k. This changes the required lower threshold on LL, but not the absolute constant in the exponential. An absolute choice of C2C_2 therefore bounds the right-hand side of (7.7) by

[K(C2W)J]2k.\left[K(C_2\sqrt{W})^J\right]^{2k}.

Finally, the finite-law comparison for the trace expansion changes the expectation by at most exp⁡(−L9)\exp(-L^9). Increasing the same absolute constant C2C_2 absorbs this error as well and proves the integer-interval assertion of Theorem 5.4. In particular, C2C_2 is fixed before WW is selected; dependence on the fixed parameters is confined to how large XX must be.

Spectral transfer and the bound at every scale

The moment bound for HH has only square-root dependence on each prime supply’s reciprocal mass. We now use it to control the retained centered sums Cj0C_j^0. First we transfer control of HH to the projected edge operator E(∑dAd)EE(\sum_d A_d)E, then test against the Liouville function with vertex weight w\sqrt{w}. The factor LL in the edge matrices yields a factor 1/L1/L in the estimate for each bin, compensating for the factor LL in the number O(L/η)O(L/\eta) of bins. After division by the retained mass S0≥SV∗/2S_0\ge SV_*/2, with V∗≥WJV_*\ge W^J, the spectral contribution will have the form

Kη(CW)J\frac{K}{\eta}\left(\frac{C}{\sqrt{W}}\right)^J

for an absolute constant CC. We prove the transfer and the required finite-interval estimates before choosing WW.

The use of a nonbacktracking operator to control an adjacency operator is exemplified by the weighted Ihara–Bass formula in [16], Section 4.2. We prove the transfer needed here directly for self-adjoint edge operators; distinct edge operators need not commute.

A transfer lemma for self-adjoint edge matrices

Lemma 8.1. Let N≥1N \ge1 and let B1,…,BNB_1,\ldots,B_N be self-adjoint operators on a finite-dimensional complex Hilbert space H\mathcal{H}, and let PP be an orthogonal projection on H\mathcal{H}. Define an operator B\mathcal{B} on HN\mathcal{H}^N by

Bi,j=1i≠jBj.\mathcal{B}_{i,j} = \mathbf{1}_{i\ne j}B_j.

Suppose a,b≥0a,b \ge0, ∥Bi∥≤a\lVert B_i\rVert\le a for every ii, and

∑i=1N∥Biv∥2≤b2∥v∥2(v=Pv).\sum_{i=1}^{N}\lVert B_i v\rVert^2 \le b^2\lVert v\rVert^2 \qquad(v=Pv).

Writing ρ(B)\rho(\mathcal{B}) for its spectral radius, one has

∥P(∑i=1NBi)P∥≤3max⁡{a,b,ρ(B)}.(46)\left\lVert P\left(\sum_{i=1}^{N}B_i\right)P\right\rVert\le3\max\{a,b,\rho(\mathcal{B})\}. \tag*{(46)}

Proof. Put m=max⁡{a,b,ρ(B)}m=\max\{a,b,\rho(\mathcal{B})\}. If m=0m=0, all BiB_i vanish. Otherwise set t=(2m)−1t=(2m)^{-1}. For real ∣u∣≤t|u|\le t, the operators I−uBI-u\mathcal{B} and I+uBiI+uB_i are invertible. Define

F(u)=I−∑i=1NuBi(I+uBi)−1.F(u)=I-\sum_{i=1}^{N}uB_i(I+uB_i)^{-1}.

Each summand is self-adjoint, since BiB_i commutes with its own resolvent. If F(u)v=0F(u)v=0, set zi=(I+uBi)−1vz_i=(I+uB_i)^{-1}v. Then

(uBz)i=∑j≠iuBjzj=v−uBizi=zi.(u\mathcal{B}z)_i=\sum_{j\ne i}uB_jz_j=v-uB_iz_i=z_i.

A nonzero vv would give a nonzero zz, contradicting the invertibility of I−uBI-u\mathcal{B}. Hence F(u)F(u) is invertible throughout [−t,t][-t,t]. It is positive definite there by continuity, because F(0)=IF(0)=I. The resolvent identity gives

F(u)=I−u∑iBi+Q(u),Q(u)=u2∑iBi2(I+uBi)−1.F(u)=I-u\sum_iB_i+Q(u),\qquad Q(u)=u^2\sum_iB_i^2(I+uB_i)^{-1}.

Since ∣u∣∥Bi∥≤1/2|u|\lVert B_i\rVert\le1/2, the inverses in the last expression are positive and bounded above by 2I2I. For v=Pvv=Pv,

0≤⟨v,Q(u)v⟩≤2u2∑i∥Biv∥2≤2u2b2∥v∥2.0\le\langle v,Q(u)v\rangle\le2u^2\sum_i\lVert B_iv\rVert^2\le2u^2b^2\lVert v\rVert^2.

Positivity of F(t)F(t) and F(−t)F(-t) therefore yields

∣⟨v,∑iBiv⟩∣≤1+2t2b2t∥v∥2≤3m∥v∥2.\left|\left\langle v,\sum_iB_iv\right\rangle\right|\le\frac{1+2t^2b^2}{t}\lVert v\rVert^2\le3m\lVert v\rVert^2.

Taking the supremum over unit vectors in the range of PP proves (8.1). No step commutes two distinct BiB_i. □\square

Weighted row bounds and the degree projection

Fix a bin jj and one block of MM sites, with its matrices AdA_d, HH and projection EE from the trace construction. Define

ad(n)=∏p∣d∣1p∣n−1p∣.a_d(n)=\prod_{p\mid d}\left|\mathbf{1}_{p\mid n}-\frac{1}{p}\right|.

If Ad(n,n′)≠0A_d(n,n')\ne0, the difference n′−nn'-n is a multiple of dd. Thus ad(n)=ad(n′)a_d(n)=a_d(n') along every edge of AdA_d.

Lemma 8.2. On every block, in either the product model or the integer model,

∥Ad∥≤2K,(47)\lVert A_d\rVert\le2K, \tag*{(47)}
∑d∈D∥Adv∥2≤4K2(8W)J∥v∥2(v=Ev).(48)\sum_{d\in\mathcal{D}}\lVert A_dv\rVert^2\le4K^2(8W)^J\lVert v\rVert^2\qquad(v=Ev). \tag*{(48)}

Proof. For each of the two edge orientations, the weighted absolute row sum at nn is at most

ad(n)∑qLu(q)w(n)1q∣n1(d,q)∈Sj1ρj(n,d)≤K/L≤Kad(n).a_d(n)\sum_q\frac{Lu(q)}{w(n)}\mathbf{1}_{q\mid n}\mathbf{1}_{(d,q)\in S_j}\mathbf{1}_{\rho_j(n,d)\le K/L}\le Ka_d(n).

Indeed the sum without the last indicator is at most Lρj(n,d)L\rho_j(n,d). For an incoming edge, qq divides one endpoint if and only if it divides the other. All the other edge restrictions can be discarded in this nonnegative bound. Consequently

∑n′∣Ad(n,n′)∣w(n′)w(n)≤2Kad(n).(49)\sum_{n'}\lvert A_d(n,n')\rvert\frac{\sqrt{w(n')}}{\sqrt{w(n)}}\le2Ka_d(n). \tag*{(49)}

The weighted Schur inequality for a real symmetric matrix BB follows by applying

2∣vnvn′∣≤∣vn∣2w(n′)w(n)+∣vn′∣2w(n)w(n′)2\lvert v_nv_{n'}\rvert\le\lvert v_n\rvert^2\frac{\sqrt{w(n')}}{\sqrt{w(n)}}+\lvert v_{n'}\rvert^2\frac{\sqrt{w(n)}}{\sqrt{w(n')}}

to its quadratic form. Apply it to AdA_d on each level set of ada_d; these level sets are invariant under AdA_d. The resulting bound is

∥Adv∥2≤4K2∑nad(n)2∣vn∣2.(50)\lVert A_dv\rVert^2\le4K^2\sum_n a_d(n)^2\lvert v_n\rvert^2. \tag*{(50)}

In particular, ad(n)≤1a_d(n)\le1 proves (8.2).

At a site retained by EE, the total P-degree is at most 6WJ6WJ. Since Vi≤2WV_i\le2W, the arithmetic-geometric mean inequality gives

∑dad(n)2≤∑dad(n)≤∏i=1J(ωPi(n)+Vi)≤(ωP(n)+∑iViJ)J≤(8W)J.\begin{aligned} \sum_d a_d(n)^2\le\sum_d a_d(n)\le\prod_{i=1}^{J}\bigl(\omega_{P_i}(n)+V_i\bigr) \\ &\le\left(\frac{\omega_P(n)+\sum_i V_i}{J}\right)^J\le(8W)^J. \end{aligned}

Sum (8.5) over dd. This proves (8.3) without requiring EE to commute with AdA_d.

Proposition 8.3. There is an absolute constant C3C_3 with the following property. For each bin jj, average block origins over any integer interval to which Theorem 5.4 applies. Outside a fraction at most e−2ke^{-2k} of these origins,

∥E(∑dAd)E∥≤K(C3W)J.(51)\left\|E\left(\sum_d A_d\right)E\right\| \le K(C_3\sqrt{W})^J. \tag*{(51)}

Proof. For every finite matrix, ρ(H)2k≤∥Hk∥HS2\rho(H)^{2k} \le\|H^k\|_{\mathrm{HS}}^2. Thus Theorem 5.4 and Markov’s inequality show that

ρ(H)≤eK(C2W)J\rho(H) \le eK(C_2\sqrt{W})^J

except on a fraction at most e−2ke^{-2k} of the origins. On each remaining block apply Lemma 8.1 with

a=2K,b=2K(8W)J/2,P=E.a=2K,\qquad b=2K(8W)^{J/2},\qquad P=E.

For J≥1J \ge1 and W≥10W \ge10, the choice

C3=3max⁡{2,28,eC2}(52)C_3=3\max\{2,2\sqrt{8},eC_2\} \tag*{(52)}

gives (8.6). In particular, C3C_3 is independent of W,h,lW,h,l.

Testing and averaging overlapping blocks

We now turn (8.6) into an estimate for Cj∘C_j^\circ, the retained correlation in Lemma 4.6. Its endpoint restrictions are exactly those imposed by the AdA_d and the projection EE.

Proposition 8.4. For every bin jj and all sufficiently large XX.

∣Cj∘∣≪SK(C3W)JL+e−L.(53)|C_j^\circ| \ll\frac{SK(C_3\sqrt{W})^J}{L}+e^{-L}. \tag*{(53)}

The threshold may depend on the fixed h,l,Wh,l,W, while C3C_3 is the absolute constant in (8.7).

Proof. Write T=TjT=T_j and N=⌊T⌋N=\lfloor T\rfloor, and average over blocks It={t+1,…,t+M}I_t=\{t+1,\ldots,t+M\}, 0≤t<N0\le t<N. For large XX, N≥exp⁡(LA/2)N\ge\exp(L^A/2), so the interval of origins is admissible in Lemma 3.1 and Theorem 5.4. On each block put

ft(n)=w(n)λ(n)1ωQ(n)≤400log⁡L,gt=Eft.f_t(n)=\sqrt{w(n)}\lambda(n)1_{\omega_Q(n)\le400\log L},\qquad g_t=Ef_t.

We first check the averaged norm needed for testing:

1N∑t=0N−1∥gt∥2≤1N∑t=0N−1∥ft∥2≤2MS.(54)\frac{1}{N}\sum_{t=0}^{N-1}\|g_t\|^2\le\frac{1}{N}\sum_{t=0}^{N-1}\|f_t\|^2\le2MS. \tag*{(54)}

For each of the MM block positions, Corollary 3.3 applied to the corresponding translated interval of NN origins bounds the average truncated weight by 2S2S. Summing proves (8.9). This uses the truncated comparison already established, without an untruncated integer moment of ww.

On blocks satisfying (8.6), the averaged absolute quadratic form is at most 2MSK(C3W)J2MSK(C_3\sqrt{W})^J. On every block, including exceptional ones, (8.4) gives the deterministic bound

∣⟨gt,∑dAdgt⟩∣≤2KM5400log⁡L(8W)J.(55)\left|\left\langle g_t,\sum_d A_dg_t\right\rangle\right|\le2KM5^{400\log L}(8W)^J. \tag*{(55)}

Here we bound the form by its entrywise absolute value, use ∣gt(n)∣≤w(n)|g_t(n)| \le\sqrt{w(n)}, and then sum the weighted row bounds at sites satisfying both degree cutoffs. The right side divided by MM is a fixed power of LL for fixed WW. Multiplication by the exceptional fraction e−2ke^{-2k} makes its contribution, after division by 2LM2LM, at most e−Le^{-L} for large LL. Therefore

∣12LMN∑t=0N−1⟨gt,∑dAdgt⟩∣≪SK(C3W)JL+e−L.(56)\left|\frac{1}{2LMN}\sum_{t=0}^{N-1}\left\langle g_t,\sum_d A_dg_t\right\rangle\right| \ll\frac{SK(C_3\sqrt{W})^J}{L}+e^{-L}. \tag*{(56)}

It remains to compare this form with the original prefix sum. Denote by cj(n;d,q)c_j(n;d,q) the signed summand belonging to (d,q)(d,q) in TCj∘T C_j^\circ, including all its endpoint cutoffs. Use the same formula to define it for every positive nn, and put r=hqdr=hqd. These cutoffs are predicates of the ambient sites, independent of the choice of block; restricting to a block only removes edges leaving it. Testing an increasing matrix entry cancels its two square-root weights and gives Lcj(n;d,q)Lc_j(n;d,q); symmetry gives the same term in the opposite orientation. Thus the form on the left of (8.11), before taking absolute values, is exactly

1MN∑n,d,qmN(n,r)cj(n;d,q),mN(n,r)=[min⁡(N−1,n−1)−max⁡(0,n+r−M)+1]+.(57)\frac{1}{MN}\sum_{n,d,q}m_N(n,r)c_j(n;d,q),\qquad m_N(n,r)=\left[\min(N-1,n-1)-\max(0,n+r-M)+1\right]_+. \tag*{(57)}

where [x]+=max⁡(x,0)[x]_+ = \max(x,0). This is the number of blocks containing both endpoints. All contributing nn are positive.

Let

RL=he100L+1,DL=KL5400log⁡L(8W)J.R_L=he^{100L+1},\qquad D_L=\frac{K}{L}5^{400\log L}(8W)^J.

Every displacement is at most RLR_L, and the one-orientation row bound proves ∑d,q∣cj(n;d,q)∣≤DL\sum_{d,q}|c_j(n;d,q)|\le D_L for every nn. For large LL we have N≫M>RLN\gg M>R_L. If M≤n≤NM\le n\le N, then mN(n,r)=M−rm_N(n,r)=M-r. The lower boundary and the extra sites N<n<N+MN<n<N+M contain at most 2M2M sites, and always 0≤mN(n,r)≤M0\le m_N(n,r)\le M. Consequently the difference between (8.12) and Cj0=T−1∑n≤N,d,qcj(n;d,q)C_j^0=T^{-1}\sum_{n\le N,d,q}c_j(n;d,q) is at most

O(DL(RLM+MN+1T)).(58)O\left(D_L\left(\frac{R_L}{M}+\frac{M}{N}+\frac{1}{T}\right)\right). \tag*{(58)}

The last term accounts for replacing N−1N^{-1} by T−1T^{-1}. Since M=⌈e103L⌉M=\lceil e^{103L}\rceil, T≥X=eLAT\ge X=e^{LA} and DLD_L is polynomial in LL, (8.13) is O(e−L)O(e^{-L}) for sufficiently large LL. This also bounds edges whose terminal endpoint exceeds TT and the floor errors. Combining with (8.11) proves (8.8).

Final choice of constants

Proof of Proposition 2.1. There are O(L/η)O(L/\eta) bins. Sum (8.8), use S0≥SV∗/2S_0\ge SV_*/2 and V∗≥WJV_*\ge W^J, and then apply the centering and deletion estimates of Lemmas 4.1 and 4.6. We obtain

∣F(X)∣≪h,l,Wη+η−1/20JL−1/20+2J(K−1+L−100+e−2WJ)+Kη(C3W)J+e−L0.9+X−1.(59)|F(X)|\ll_{h,l,W}\eta+\eta^{-1/20}JL^{-1/20}+2^J(K^{-1}+L^{-100}+e^{-2W}J)+\frac{K}{\eta}\left(\frac{C_3}{\sqrt{W}}\right)^J+e^{-L^{0.9}}+X^{-1}. \tag*{(59)}

The deletion error in Lemma 4.6 is already summed over the bins. The new error O((L/η)e−L)O((L/\eta)e^{-L}) from Proposition 8.4 is absorbed by e−L0.9e^{-L^{0.9}}, because L/ηL/\eta is polynomial in LL and SV∗≥1SV_*\ge1.

Choose the absolute constants in the following order. First fix AA as required by Lemma 3.1; in particular A≥1000A\ge1000 and A>C1+20A>C_1+20, where C1C_1 is the absolute exponent in that comparison. The trace proof gives an absolute C2C_2, and (8.7) then gives an absolute C3C_3. Now choose W≥10W \ge10 so large that

e5C3/W≤e−1.(60)e^5 C_3/\sqrt{W} \le e^{-1}. \tag*{(60)}

Only after fixing these constants do we increase the threshold for XX, allowing it to depend on h,l,Wh,l,W.

Recall η=e−J\eta=e^{-J}, K=e4JK=e^{4J} and J≤δlog⁡L/(6W)J\le\delta\log L/(6W) with δ=1/200\delta=1/200. The spectral term in (8.14) is at most e−Je^{-J} by (8.15). The other terms satisfy

2JK−1=e−(4−log⁡2)J≤e−J,2^J K^{-1}=e^{-(4-\log2)J}\le e^{-J},
2Je−2WJ=e−(2W−log⁡2)J≤e−J,2^J e^{-2WJ}=e^{-(2W-\log2)J}\le e^{-J},
eJ2JL−1/20≤e−J,2JL−100≤e−J.e^J2^J L^{-1/20}\le e^{-J},\qquad2^J L^{-100}\le e^{-J}.

For the last line, it is enough to note that

δ(2+log⁡2)6W<120,δ(1+log⁡2)6W<100.\frac{\delta(2+\log2)}{6W}<\frac{1}{20},\qquad\frac{\delta(1+\log2)}{6W}<100.

Also e−L0.9+X−1≪e−Je^{-L^{0.9}}+X^{-1}\ll e^{-J} for large XX. Hence ∣F(X)∣≪h,le−J|F(X)|\ll_{h,l}e^{-J}. Finally,

e−J≤eL−δ/(6W)=e(log⁡X)−c,c=δ6WA>0.e^{-J}\le eL^{-\delta/(6W)}=e(\log X)^{-c},\qquad c=\frac{\delta}{6WA}>0.

All three constants A,W,cA,W,c are absolute. The argument applies to every sufficiently large real XX, with no excluded scales. On the remaining bounded range 3≤X≤X0(h,l)3\le X\le X_0(h,l), the estimate follows from ∣F(X)∣≤1|F(X)|\le1 after enlarging the implied constant. This proves Proposition 2.1.

The quantitative affine bound

The progression estimate for Liouville gives the same logarithmic exponent for every fixed affine pair. The finite initial interval affects only the constant.

Proof of Theorem 1.1. Fix a1,a2≥1a_1,a_2\ge1 and b1,b2≥0b_1,b_2\ge0 with nonzero determinant, and put

l=a1a2,c0=min⁡(a2b1,a1b2),h=∣a1b2−a2b1∣>0.l=a_1a_2,\qquad c_0=\min(a_2b_1,a_1b_2),\qquad h=\lvert a_1b_2-a_2b_1\rvert>0.

Multiplying the two affine arguments by a2a_2 and a1a_1, respectively, and using complete multiplicativity gives

λ(a1n+b1)λ(a2n+b2)=λ(l)λ(ln+c0)λ(ln+c0+h).\lambda(a_1n+b_1)\lambda(a_2n+b_2)=\lambda(l)\lambda(ln+c_0)\lambda(ln+c_0+h).

Here λ(l)2=1\lambda(l)^2=1. For real Y≥0Y\ge0 set

P(Y)=∑1≤m≤Yλ(m)λ(m+h)1m≡c0(modl).P(Y)=\sum_{1\le m\le Y}\lambda(m)\lambda(m+h)1_{m\equiv c_0\pmod l}.

The sum is empty for Y<1Y<1. Let c>0c>0 be the absolute exponent in Proposition 2.1. That estimate applies to the residue c0c_0 without any coprimality restriction and gives

∣P(Y)∣≪l,h,c0Y(log⁡Y)c(Y≥3).|P(Y)|\ll_{l,h,c_0}\frac{Y}{(\log Y)^c}\qquad(Y\ge3).

For every real X≥3X \ge3, the integers in the class c0c_0 (mod ll) with c0<m≤lX+c0c_0 < m \le lX + c_0 are precisely m=ln+c0m = ln + c_0 with 1≤n≤X1 \le n \le X. Consequently (9.1) gives the exact endpoint identity

∑1≤n≤Xλ(a1n+b1)λ(a2n+b2)=λ(l)(P(lX+c0)−P(c0)).\sum_{1\le n\le X} \lambda(a_1n+b_1)\lambda(a_2n+b_2)=\lambda(l)\bigl(P(lX+c_0)-P(c_0)\bigr).

This identity includes both determinant signs and noninteger cutoffs. Since lX+c0≥X≥3lX+c_0 \ge X \ge3 and lX+c0≤(l+c0/3)XlX+c_0 \le(l+c_0/3)X, the first term satisfies

∣P(lX+c0)∣≪a1,a2,b1,b2X(log⁡X)c.\lvert P(lX+c_0)\rvert\ll_{a_1,a_2,b_1,b_2} \frac{X}{(\log X)^c}.

Also ∣P(c0)∣≤c0\lvert P(c_0)\rvert\le c_0, which is absorbed into the same bound: the function (log⁡X)c/X(\log X)^c/X is bounded on [3,∞)[3,\infty). The exponent has not changed and is independent of the affine coefficients; only the implied constant depends on them. This proves Theorem 1.1 for all real X≥3X \ge3.

Part II

II Qualitative correlations of general multiplicative functions

We now prove Theorem 1.2. The graph in this part uses a different normalization and a different order of limits. Its parameters and prime sets are defined afresh; none of the choices of AA, WW, LL, JJ, η\eta in Part I is in force here. The functions and their nonpretentiousness condition remain those of the introduction.

The weighted divisor graph

We begin the qualitative argument with the finite-scale graph estimate that will rule out a correlation bias. Its test functions are arbitrary bounded sequences; no multiplicativity enters its statement or proof. The arithmetic application follows in Section 11.

Fix an integer h≥1h \ge1. Throughout the graph construction use

ε=10−4,η=ε/100,ρ=1/20,κ=400/η,A=exp⁡(2κ),c∗=ε/100.(61)\varepsilon=10^{-4},\qquad\eta=\varepsilon/100,\qquad\rho=1/20,\qquad\kappa=400/\eta,\qquad A=\exp(2\kappa),\qquad c_\ast=\varepsilon/100. \tag*{(61)}

The scale BB will be sufficiently large. Define two finite prime sets by

C={p:B1−η<log⁡p≤B},\mathcal{C}=\{p:B^{1-\eta}<\log p\le B\},
Z={p:B1−ε<log⁡p≤B1−η},S=C∪Z,P0=exp⁡(B1−ε).(62)\mathcal{Z}=\{p:B^{1-\varepsilon}<\log p\le B^{1-\eta}\},\qquad\mathcal{S}=\mathcal{C}\cup\mathcal{Z},\qquad P_0=\exp(B^{1-\varepsilon}). \tag*{(62)}

We refer to C\mathcal{C} as the core band and Z\mathcal{Z} as the center band. For a∈{C,Z}a\in\{\mathcal{C},\mathcal{Z}\}, set PC=C\mathcal{P}_{\mathcal{C}}=\mathcal{C} and PZ=Z\mathcal{P}_{\mathcal{Z}}=\mathcal{Z}, and put

va=∑p∈Pa1p,AC=A,AZ=1,βa=(1+Aa)−1,θ=βZ2=14.v_a=\sum_{p\in\mathcal{P}_a}\frac{1}{p},\qquad A_{\mathcal{C}}=A,\qquad A_{\mathcal{Z}}=1,\qquad\beta_a=(1+A_a)^{-1},\qquad\theta=\beta_{\mathcal{Z}}^2=\frac14.

Mertens’ prime harmonic estimate gives

vC=(η+o(1))log⁡B,vZ=(ε−η+o(1))log⁡B.v_{\mathcal{C}}=(\eta+o(1))\log B,\qquad v_{\mathcal{Z}}=(\varepsilon-\eta+o(1))\log B.

Fix also τ∈(1,2)\tau\in(1,2), C0≥1C_0 \ge1, and T>0T > 0. An admissible divisor family D\mathcal{D} is any collection of squarefree products of primes in SS such that

d>1,H<d≤τH,1≤H≤exp⁡(C0B),d > 1,\qquad H < d \le\tau H,\qquad1 \le H \le\exp(C_0B),
ω(d)≤J:=⌈C0log⁡B⌉.(63)\omega(d) \le J := \lceil C_0 \log B\rceil. \tag*{(63)}

Here ω\omega counts distinct prime factors. For any integer xx, define ωa(x)=#{p∈Pa:p∣x}\omega_a(x)=\#\{p\in\mathcal{P}_a:p\mid x\}, and write dC=∏p∣d, p∈Cpd_C=\prod_{p\mid d,\ p\in C}p. For each d∈Dd\in\mathcal{D}, let wd:Z→[0,1]w_d:\mathbb{Z}\to[0,1] be any function of all the residues x mod px\bmod p, p∈Cp\in C, with support restricted by

wd(x)=0unlesskd(x):=#{p∈C:p∣x, p∤d}≥vC−TvC.(64)w_d(x)=0\quad\text{unless}\quad k_d(x):=\#\{p\in C:p\mid x,\ p\nmid d\}\ge v_C-T\sqrt{v_C}. \tag*{(64)}

The cutoff need not factor over primes.

For y=x±hdy=x\pm hd, define the real edge weight

gd(x,y)=wd(x)wd(y)AωC(d)1dC∣x∏p∣dp∈Z(1p∣x−θp).(65)g_d(x,y)=w_d(x)w_d(y)A^{\omega_C(d)}1_{d_C\mid x}\prod_{\substack{p\mid d\\p\in Z}}\left(1_{p\mid x}-\frac{\theta}{p}\right). \tag*{(65)}

For each p∣dp\mid d, the residues of xx and yy agree modulo pp. Consequently gd(x,y)=gd(y,x)g_d(x,y)=g_d(y,x). The uncentered core factors enforce dC∣xd_C\mid x, whereas the center factors can have either sign.

The vertex weight and its mean are

W(x)=∏a∈{C,Z}βa−ωa(x),L0=∏a∈{C,Z}∏p∈Pa(1+Aa/p).(66)W(x)=\prod_{a\in\{C,Z\}}\beta_a^{-\omega_a(x)},\qquad L_0=\prod_{a\in\{C,Z\}}\prod_{p\in\mathcal{P}_a}(1+A_a/p). \tag*{(66)}

Let QB=∏p∈SpQ_B=\prod_{p\in S}p. We use the uniform probability space Z/QBZ\mathbb{Z}/Q_B\mathbb{Z}, identified by the Chinese remainder theorem with the product of the uniform spaces Z/pZ\mathbb{Z}/p\mathbb{Z}. Its expectation is denoted by E\mathbb{E}; EU\mathbb{E}_U averages only coordinates indexed by U⊆SU\subseteq S. For a uniform residue nn,

EW(n)=L0,EW(n)2=∏a∏p∈Pa(1+βa−2−1p)≤exp⁡((A2+2A)vC+3vZ)=BOA(1).(67)\mathbb{E}W(n)=L_0,\qquad\mathbb{E}W(n)^2=\prod_a\prod_{p\in\mathcal{P}_a}\left(1+\frac{\beta_a^{-2}-1}{p}\right)\le\exp\left((A^2+2A)v_C+3v_Z\right)=B^{O_A(1)}. \tag*{(67)}

Both identities follow by independence of the prime coordinates. The exponent in the last bound is fixed, although large.

Proposition 10.1 (Divisor graph estimate). Fix h≥1h\ge1, 1<τ<21<\tau<2, C0≥1C_0\ge1, and T>0T>0, and use (10.1)–(10.6). For every sufficiently large BB, every admissible family D\mathcal{D}, all permitted cutoffs wdw_d, all coefficients ∣ad∣≤1|a_d|\le1, and all functions F,G:N→DF,G:\mathbb{N}\to\mathcal{D},

lim sup⁡X→∞1X∣∑1≤x≤X∑d∈DadF(x)G(x+hd)gd(x,x+hd)∣≪L0B−1−c∗/2.(68)\limsup_{X\to\infty}\frac{1}{X}\left|\sum_{1\le x\le X}\sum_{d\in\mathcal{D}}a_dF(x)G(x+hd)g_d(x,x+hd)\right|\ll L_0B^{-1-c_*/2}. \tag*{(68)}

The implied constant and the threshold for BB may depend on hh, τ\tau, C0C_0, TT, and the fixed constants in (10.1), but not on HH, D\mathcal{D}, wdw_d, ada_d, FF, GG. All graph parameters are fixed when XX tends to infinity.

The proof occupies Sections 13 to 17. The two bands have different roles in that proof. The core weights and cutoffs give savings from the short divisor interval and from the lower bound on kd(x)k_d(x) in (10.4). The center factors provide further cancellation in closed-walk products, where each edge weight is divided by WW at its starting vertex. The relation θ=βZ2\theta=\beta_Z^2 matches the centering constant to that normalization; its precise use is established in Section 16, once the relevant walk configurations have been defined. The comparison scale is L0/BL_0/B. In the next section, one of O(B)O(B) short multiplicative intervals captures enough divisor weight to turn any persistent correlation bias into a sum of this size with ordinary divisibility indicators. The extra factor B−c∗/2B^{-c_*/2} in (10.8) will contradict that bias once the analytic cost of centering has been bounded.

Reduction to the graph estimate

We now explain how Proposition 10.1 rules out a nonzero multiplicative correlation. The first step produces a large sum with ordinary divisibility indicators. We then state the estimate that permits centering those indicators, and display the resulting contradiction. The proof of the centering estimate occupies Section 12; the graph estimate itself will be proved in Section 17.

Absolute-value defects and a biased sequence

A multiplicative function satisfies f(1)=f(1)2f(1)=f(1)^2. If f(1)=0f(1)=0, then f(n)=f(n)f(1)=0f(n)=f(n)f(1)=0 for every nn. We may therefore suppose that both functions in Theorem 1.2 take the value 1 at 1. There is another case in which the conclusion follows without a graph.

Lemma 11.1. Let f:N→Cf:\mathbb{N}\to\mathbb{C} be multiplicative and ∣f∣≤1|f|\le1. If

∑p1−∣f(p)∣p=∞,\sum_p \frac{1-|f(p)|}{p}=\infty,

then N−1∑n≤N∣f(n)∣→0N^{-1}\sum_{n\le N}|f(n)|\to0.

Proof. Write vp(n)v_p(n) for the exponent of pp in nn. For a finite set P\mathcal{P} of primes, multiplicativity gives

∣f(n)∣≤∏p∈Pvp(n)=1∣f(p)∣.|f(n)|\le\prod_{\substack{p\in\mathcal{P}\\v_p(n)=1}}|f(p)|.

The majorant is periodic modulo ∏p∈Pp2\prod_{p\in\mathcal{P}}p^2. Its ordinary mean is

∏p∈P(1−(1−∣f(p)∣)(1p−1p2)).\prod_{p\in\mathcal{P}}\left(1-(1-|f(p)|)\left(\frac{1}{p}-\frac{1}{p^2}\right)\right).

These products tend to zero as P\mathcal{P} increases through the primes: the sum of the subtracted quantities diverges, whereas ∑pp−2<∞\sum_p p^{-2}<\infty. First take the long average with P\mathcal{P} fixed, and then increase P\mathcal{P}. □

A fixed translation affects only finitely many terms of a bounded average. Thus, after translating by the smaller shift and ordering the functions accordingly, it suffices to prove cancellation of f1(m)f2(m+h)f_1(m)f_2(m+h) for a fixed h≥1h\ge1. By Lemma 11.1, we may assume

∑p1−∣fi(p)∣p<∞(i=1,2).\sum_p \frac{1-|f_i(p)|}{p}<\infty\qquad(i=1,2).

If the desired cancellation fails, there are 0<γ≤10 < \gamma\le1 and positive integers Nj→∞N_j \to\infty such that

∣S(Nj)∣≥γNj,S(N)=∑m≤Nf1(m)f2(m+h).(69)\lvert S(N_j)\rvert\ge\gamma N_j,\qquad S(N)=\sum_{m\le N} f_1(m)f_2(m+h). \tag*{(69)}

We retain this same sequence throughout the argument. The numbers S(Nj)S(N_j) may have varying complex arguments.

Fix 1<τ<21 < \tau< 2 sufficiently close to 11 in terms of γ\gamma, and then fix TT sufficiently large in terms of γ\gamma. Choose ϕ∈C∞(R)\phi\in C^\infty(\mathbb{R}) with 0≤ϕ≤10 \le\phi\le1, supported in [−T,T][-T,T] and equal to 11 on [−T/2,T/2][-T/2,T/2]. For every admissible divisor dd, use

wd(x)=ϕ(kd(x)−vCvC).(70)w_d(x)=\phi\left(\frac{k_d(x)-v_{\mathcal{C}}}{\sqrt{v_{\mathcal{C}}}}\right). \tag*{(70)}

These cutoffs satisfy the support and residue-dependence requirements of Proposition 10.1.

Capturing the bias in one divisor interval

Recall that S=C∪Z\mathcal{S}=\mathcal{C}\cup\mathcal{Z} is the finite prime set at scale BB, and that a squarefree product dd of these primes has weight AωC(d)A^{\omega_{\mathcal{C}}(d)}. The normalizing factor L0L_0 has the exact expansion

L0=∑d squarefreep∣d⇒p∈SAωC(d)d.(71)L_0=\sum_{\substack{d\ \mathrm{squarefree}\\p\mid d\Rightarrow p\in\mathcal{S}}}\frac{A^{\omega_{\mathcal{C}}(d)}}{d}. \tag*{(71)}

The term d=1d=1 is included here.

Lemma 11.2 (A divisor interval carrying positive mass). Let f1,f2:N→Cf_1,f_2:\mathbb{N}\to\mathbb{C} be 11-bounded multiplicative functions satisfying (11.1) and f1(1)=f2(1)=1f_1(1)=f_2(1)=1. Fix 1<τ<21<\tau<2. There are constants C0≥1C_0\ge1 and c>0c>0 such that, for every sufficiently large BB, one can choose 1≤H≤exp⁡(C0B)1\le H\le\exp(C_0B) and a family D\mathcal{D} of squarefree S\mathcal{S}-products satisfying

H<d≤τH,d>1,ω(d)≤J=⌈C0log⁡B⌉,∣f1(d)f2(d)∣≥12,(72)H<d\le\tau H,\qquad d>1,\qquad\omega(d)\le J=\lceil C_0\log B\rceil,\qquad\lvert f_1(d)f_2(d)\rvert\ge\frac{1}{2}, \tag*{(72)}
∑d∈DAωC(d)d≥L0C0B.(73)\sum_{d\in\mathcal{D}}\frac{A^{\omega_{\mathcal{C}}(d)}}{d}\ge\frac{L_0}{C_0B}. \tag*{(73)}

The constants are independent of BB and of the long averaging variable.

Proof. Normalize the summands of (11.4) to a probability law on divisors, and denote its expectation and probability by Ediv\mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{div}} and Pdiv\mathbb{P}_{\mathrm{div}}. Each prime pp in band aa is included independently with probability Aa/(p+Aa)A_a/(p+A_a). Prime harmonic estimates give

Edivω(d)≪Alog⁡B,Edivlog⁡d≤A∑p≤eBlog⁡pp≪AB.\mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{div}}\omega(d)\ll_A\log B,\qquad\mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{div}}\log d\le A\sum_{p\le e^B}\frac{\log p}{p}\ll_A B.

Choose C0C_0 large enough that the probabilities of ω(d)>⌈C0log⁡B⌉\omega(d)>\lceil C_0\log B\rceil and log⁡d>C0B\log d>C_0B are each at most 1/81/8, by Markov’s inequality. For rp=∣f1(p)f2(p)∣r_p=\lvert f_1(p)f_2(p)\rvert, the inequality 1−∏jrj≤∑j(1−rj)1-\prod_j r_j\le\sum_j(1-r_j), valid when 0≤rj≤10\le r_j\le1, gives

Ediv(1−∣f1(d)f2(d)∣)≤A∑p>P01−∣f1(p)f2(p)∣p≤A∑p>P0(1−∣f1(p)∣)+(1−∣f2(p)∣)p=o(1).\begin{aligned} \mathbb{E}_{\mathrm{div}}\left(1-\lvert f_1(d)f_2(d)\rvert\right)\le A\sum_{p>P_0}\frac{1-\lvert f_1(p)f_2(p)\rvert}{p} \\ &\le A\sum_{p>P_0}\frac{(1-\lvert f_1(p)\rvert)+(1-\lvert f_2(p)\rvert)}{p}=o(1). \end{aligned}

Here squarefreeness permits the use of multiplicativity. Another application of Markov’s inequality shows that the probability of ∣f1(d)f2(d)∣<1/2\lvert f_1(d)f_2(d)\rvert<1/2 tends to zero. Also Pdiv(d=1)=L0−1→0\mathbb{P}_{\mathrm{div}}(d=1)=L_0^{-1}\to0. Thus the remaining divisors carry at least L0/2L_0/2 of the unnormalized mass for large BB.

There are at most 1+C0B/log⁡τ1+C_0B/\log\tau intervals (τr,τr+1](\tau^r,\tau^{r+1}], r≥0r\ge0, meeting (1,eC0B](1,e^{C_0B}]. One of them carries at least cL0/BcL_0/B of that mass, for a fixed c>0c>0. Take its lower endpoint as HH and retain the divisors already satisfying the preceding conditions.

For any such divisor family, any coefficients ∣ad∣≤1\lvert a_d\rvert\le1, and the cutoffs (11.3), define the raw and centered sums by

RB(X)=∑x≤X∑d∈DadAωC(d)f1(x)f2(x+hd)wd(x)wd(x+hd)1d∣x,(74)R_B(X)=\sum_{x\le X}\sum_{d\in\mathcal{D}}a_dA^{\omega_{\mathcal{C}}(d)}f_1(x)f_2(x+hd)w_d(x)w_d(x+hd)1_{d\mid x}, \tag*{(74)}
CB(X)=∑x≤X∑d∈Dadf1(x)f2(x+hd)gd(x,x+hd).(75)C_B(X)=\sum_{x\le X}\sum_{d\in\mathcal{D}}a_df_1(x)f_2(x+hd)g_d(x,x+hd). \tag*{(75)}

The first sum retains ordinary divisibility by all primes of dd; the second is the sum bounded by Proposition 10.1.

Lemma 11.3 (Raw lower bound). Let f1,f2:N→Cf_1,f_2:\mathbb{N}\to\mathbb{C} be 11-bounded multiplicative functions, with f1(1)=f2(1)=1f_1(1)=f_2(1)=1, satisfying (11.2) and (11.1). Choose 1<τ<21<\tau<2 and T>0T>0 with τ−1≤γ/64\tau-1\le\gamma/64 and 32/T2≤γ/6432/T^2\le\gamma/64, and use a cutoff ϕ\phi as in (11.3), equal to 11 on [−T/2,T/2][-T/2,T/2]. With D,H\mathcal{D},H supplied by Lemma 11.2, set

ad=f1(d)f2(d),Xj=HNj.a_d=f_1(d)f_2(d),\qquad X_j=HN_j.

There is cγ>0c_\gamma>0, independent of B,jB,j, such that, for every sufficiently large fixed BB,

lim inf⁡j→∞∣RB(Xj)∣Xj≥cγL0B.(76)\liminf_{j\to\infty}\frac{\lvert R_B(X_j)\rvert}{X_j}\ge c_\gamma\frac{L_0}{B}. \tag*{(76)}

Proof. Put

VD=∑d∈DAωC(d),KD=∑d∈D∣f1(d)f2(d)∣2AωC(d)≥14VD.V_{\mathcal{D}}=\sum_{d\in\mathcal{D}}A^{\omega_{\mathcal{C}}(d)},\qquad K_{\mathcal{D}}=\sum_{d\in\mathcal{D}}\lvert f_1(d)f_2(d)\rvert^2A^{\omega_{\mathcal{C}}(d)}\ge\frac14V_{\mathcal{D}}.

For a fixed dd, write x=dmx=dm. Unless gcd⁡(d,m)>1\gcd(d,m)>1 or gcd⁡(d,m+h)>1\gcd(d,m+h)>1, ordinary multiplicativity gives

adf1(dm)f2(d(m+h))=∣f1(d)f2(d)∣2f1(m)f2(m+h).a_df_1(dm)f_2(d(m+h))=\lvert f_1(d)f_2(d)\rvert^2f_1(m)f_2(m+h).

The exceptional set has ordinary density at most 2∑p∣dp−1≤2J/P02\sum_{p\mid d}p^{-1}\le2J/P_0. At fixed BB there are only finitely many dd, so all associated residue-counting errors vanish as j→∞j\to\infty.

For p∈Cp\in\mathcal{C} not dividing dd, divisibility of dmdm by pp is equivalent to divisibility of mm. Hence the mean and variance of kd(dm)k_d(dm) under uniform residues are

μd=vC−∑p∈Cp∣d1p,Var⁡(kd(dm))=∑p∈Cp∤d1p(1−1p)≤vC.\mu_d=v_{\mathcal{C}}-\sum_{\substack{p\in\mathcal{C}\\p\mid d}}\frac1p,\qquad \operatorname{Var}(k_d(dm))=\sum_{\substack{p\in\mathcal{C}\\p\nmid d}}\frac1p\left(1-\frac1p\right)\le v_{\mathcal{C}}.

The same formulas hold with m+hm+h in place of mm. For large BB, ∣μd−vC∣≤J/P0≤(T/4)vC|\mu_d-v_C|\le J/P_0\le(T/4)\sqrt{v_C}. Chebyshev’s inequality and a union bound show that the proportion on which either cutoff is not 1 is at most 32/T232/T^2. Independence of the two endpoints is not needed.

The length Xj/dX_j/d lies between Nj/τN_j/\tau and NjN_j. Comparing each shorter sum with the sum up to NjN_j therefore gives

∣RB(Xj)−KDS(Nj)∣≤NjVD(τ−1+32T2+4JP0+oj→∞(1)).(77)|R_B(X_j)-K_D S(N_j)|\le N_jV_D\left(\tau-1+\frac{32}{T^2}+\frac{4J}{P_0}+o_{j\to\infty}(1)\right). \tag*{(77)}

The factor 4J/P04J/P_0 allows a difference of size at most 2 on each coprimality failure. The endpoint rounding errors are included in o(1)o(1).

Choose τ−1≤γ/64\tau-1\le\gamma/64 and 32/T2≤γ/6432/T^2\le\gamma/64, and then take BB and jj large enough for the other two errors to be at most γ/64\gamma/64 each. The reverse triangle inequality, valid for the complex number S(Nj)S(N_j), yields

∣RB(Xj)∣≥γ8NjVD.|R_B(X_j)|\ge\frac{\gamma}{8}N_jV_D.

Finally, VD≥H∑d∈DAωC(d)/d≥cHL0/BV_D\ge H\sum_{d\in\mathcal{D}}A^{\omega_C(d)}/d\ge cHL_0/B. This proves the result with cγ=γc/8c_\gamma=\gamma c/8.

The centering estimate and the contradiction

The remaining analytic task is to show that centering changes the raw sum by less than its lower bound. Its statement does not require (11.1).

Proposition 11.4 (Analytic centering estimate). Let f1,f2:N→Cf_1,f_2:\mathbb{N}\to\mathbb{C} be multiplicative, with ∣fi∣≤1|f_i|\le1, and suppose at least one is uniformly nonpretentious. Fix h≥1h\ge1, 1<τ<21<\tau<2, C0≥1C_0\ge1, T>0T>0, and a smooth function 0≤ϕ≤10\le\phi\le1 supported in [−T,T][-T,T]. For each sufficiently large BB, let D,H,J\mathcal{D},H,J satisfy (10.3), let ∣ad∣≤1|a_d|\le1, and use (11.3). Define RB,CBR_B,C_B by (11.7) and (11.8). Then

lim sup⁡X→∞∣RB(X)−CB(X)∣X≪L0(B−1−ε+JP0).(78)\limsup_{X\to\infty}\frac{|R_B(X)-C_B(X)|}{X}\ll L_0\left(B^{-1-\varepsilon}+\frac{J}{P_0}\right). \tag*{(78)}

The implied constant may depend on the fixed parameters and ϕ\phi, but is independent of the divisor family and coefficients. The long-variable limit is taken with BB fixed.

Reduction of Theorem 1.2. We deduce Theorem 1.2 from Propositions 10.1 and 11.4. The zero-function and divergent-defect cases were settled above. Otherwise suppose (11.2) holds. Choose τ,T,ϕ,C0\tau,T,\phi,C_0 and, for each sufficiently large fixed BB, the divisor family of Lemma 11.2. Combining Lemma 11.3 with the two propositions gives

cγL0B≤CL0(B−1−c∗/2+B−1−ε+JP0).c_\gamma\frac{L_0}{B}\le CL_0\left(B^{-1-c_*/2}+B^{-1-\varepsilon}+\frac{J}{P_0}\right).

After dividing by L0/BL_0/B, this reads

cγ≤C(B−c∗/2+B−ε+BJexp⁡(−B1−ε)).(79)c_\gamma\le C\left(B^{-c_*/2}+B^{-\varepsilon}+BJ\exp(-B^{1-\varepsilon})\right). \tag*{(79)}

which is impossible for sufficiently large BB.

In this comparison the functions, shift, and bias γ\gamma are fixed first; then τ,T,ϕ,C0\tau,T,\phi,C_0 are fixed. For each fixed BB the limit is taken along the original sequence NjN_j, with Xj=HNjX_j=HN_j. Only after these inequalities hold does BB increase. Thus the contradiction excludes every alleged biased sequence.

The analytic centering estimate

We prove Proposition 11.4. Expanding the centered factors leaves sums over integers with large prime factors. We shall bound the Fourier multiplier of those integers and use short-interval cancellation for whichever multiplicative function is nonpretentious. Combining short exponential sums with a fourth-moment bound follows the centering strategy in [16], Appendix C; we prove the rough-number estimates needed for the present weights. Throughout this section, e(t)=exp⁡(2πit)e(t)=\exp(2\pi i t).

Expansion and finite-prime twists

A term other than the raw term in the expansion of the center-band factors has d=uwd=uw, where w>1w>1 is the product of the center primes whose constant terms were selected. Thus u,wu,w are coprime squarefree products, every core factor of dd belongs to uu, and the coefficient of the divisibility indicator 1u∣x\mathbf{1}_{u\mid x} is

AωC(u)auw(−θ)ω(w)w.A^{\omega_C(u)}a_{uw}\frac{(-\theta)^{\omega(w)}}{w}.

For each fixed uu, put cw(u)=auw(−θ)ω(w)c_w^{(u)}=a_{uw}(-\theta)^{\omega(w)} on these admissible factorizations and set cw(u)=0c_w^{(u)}=0 otherwise. Then ∣cw(u)∣≤1\lvert c_w^{(u)}\rvert\le1, and its support is independent of xx. Set M=H/uM=H/u and write x=uzx=uz. Whenever this support is nonempty, its values of ww satisfy

M<w≤τM,P0τ≤M≤eC0B.M<w\le\tau M,\qquad\frac{P_0}{\tau}\le M\le e^{C_0B}.

The lower bound follows because a nonempty term has w>P0w>P_0. Every such ww has no prime factor below P0P_0; we call integers with this property P0P_0-rough.

Since uu and dd have exactly the same core factors, the first cutoff becomes

wuw(uz)=ϕ(∑p∈Cp∤u1p∣z−vCvC).w_{uw}(uz)=\phi\left(\frac{\sum_{\substack{p\in\mathcal C\\p\nmid u}}\mathbf{1}_{p\mid z}-v_C}{\sqrt{v_C}}\right).

The second cutoff has the same expression with z+hwz+hw in place of zz. Apart from gcd⁡(u,z(z+hw))>1\gcd(u,z(z+hw))>1, multiplicativity gives

f1(uz)f2(u(z+hw))=f1(u)f2(u)f1(z)f2(z+hw).f_1(uz)f_2(u(z+hw))=f_1(u)f_2(u)f_1(z)f_2(z+hw).

For a fixed u,wu,w, the exceptional set has ordinary density at most 2J/P02J/P_0. Since

∑M<w≤τM1w≪τ1,∑u squarefreep∣u⇒p∈SAωC(u)u=L0,(80)\sum_{M<w\le\tau M}\frac{1}{w}\ll_\tau1,\qquad \sum_{\substack{u\ \mathrm{squarefree}\\p\mid u\Rightarrow p\in S}}\frac{A^{\omega_C(u)}}{u}=L_0, \tag*{(80)}

the total error, divided by XX, has limsup O(L0J/P0)O(L_0J/P_0). The case of an identically zero factor is immediate, so in this factorization we may assume f1(1)=f2(1)=1f_1(1)=f_2(1)=1.

For ϕ^(t)=∫Rϕ(s)e(−ts) ds\widehat{\phi}(t)=\int_{\mathbb{R}}\phi(s)e(-ts)\,ds, Fourier inversion expresses each cutoff as an integral of constant phases times twists

bi(n)=fi(n)e(tivC∑p∈Cp∤u1p∣n),ti∈R.(81)b_i(n)=f_i(n)e\left(\frac{t_i}{\sqrt{v_C}}\sum_{\substack{p\in C\\p\nmid u}}\mathbf{1}_{p\mid n}\right),\qquad t_i\in\mathbb{R}. \tag*{(81)}

For coprime integers the count in this exponent is additive. Hence bib_i is multiplicative and ∣bi∣≤1|b_i|\le1. It need not be completely multiplicative: the added factor has the same value at pp and p2p^2. Its prime values agree with those of fif_i outside CC. The two Fourier integrals have total absolute weight ∥ϕ^∥22\|\widehat{\phi}\|_2^2, a fixed finite constant.

It is therefore enough to show, uniformly in the twists (12.3) and in ∣cw∣≤1|c_w|\le1 supported on P0P_0-rough integers in (M,τM](M,\tau M], that

lim sup⁡Y→∞1Y∣∑z≤Yb1(z)∑M<w≤τMcwwb2(z+hw)∣≪B−1−ε.(82)\limsup_{Y\to\infty}\frac{1}{Y}\left|\sum_{z\le Y}b_1(z)\sum_{M<w\le\tau M}\frac{c_w}{w}b_2(z+hw)\right|\ll B^{-1-\varepsilon}. \tag*{(82)}

Here Y=X/uY=X/u, and all graph parameters are fixed before YY increases.

The short-interval input

We first justify the uniformity in the Fourier parameters. Finite changes to prime values have only a bounded effect on the squared distance defining nonpretentiousness.

Lemma 12.1 (Stability under finitely many prime changes). Let f,b:N→Cf,b:\mathbb{N}\to\mathbb{C} be multiplicative and 11-bounded. Suppose their prime values agree outside a finite set PP. For every Dirichlet character χ\chi, every real tt, and X≥2X\ge2,

∣D(b,χnit;X)2−D(f,χnit;X)2∣≤2∑p∈P1p.(83)\left|D(b,\chi n^{it};X)^2-D(f,\chi n^{it};X)^2\right|\le2\sum_{p\in P}\frac{1}{p}. \tag*{(83)}

Consequently, if ff is uniformly nonpretentious, the same divergence holds uniformly over all such bb and over every fixed finite family of Dirichlet characters.

Proof. Outside PP the summands in the squared distances coincide. At a prime in PP their difference has absolute value at most ∣b(p)−f(p)∣/p≤2/p|b(p)-f(p)|/p\le2/p. Sum this bound, and then take the infimum over ∣t∣≤X|t|\le X and the minimum over the finite character family. □\square

For a 11-bounded multiplicative function bb, define

M(b;X,Q)=inf⁡∣t∣≤Xq≤Q, χ(mod⁡q)D(b,χnit;X)2.\mathcal{M}(b;X,Q)=\inf_{\substack{|t|\le X\\q\le Q,\ \chi\;(\operatorname{mod} q)}}D(b,\chi n^{it};X)^2.

The following is the general exponential-sum theorem of Matomäki, Radziwiłł, and Tao, in its corrected version [15].

Theorem 12.2 (Averaged short exponential sums). Let X≥D≥10X\ge D\ge10 and let b:N→Cb:\mathbb{N}\to\mathbb{C} be a 11-bounded multiplicative function. With Q=min⁡((log⁡X)1/125,(log⁡D)5)Q=\min((\log X)^{1/125},(\log D)^5), one has

sup⁡α∈R/Z∫0X∣∑y<m≤y+Db(m)e(αm)∣ dy≪DX(e−M(b;X,Q)/20+log⁡log⁡Dlog⁡D+1(log⁡X)1/700).(84)\sup_{\alpha\in\mathbb{R}/\mathbb{Z}}\int_0^X\left|\sum_{y<m\le y+D}b(m)e(\alpha m)\right|\,dy\ll DX\left(e^{-\mathcal{M}(b;X,Q)/20}+\frac{\log\log D}{\log D}+\frac{1}{(\log X)^{1/700}}\right). \tag*{(84)}

The implied constant is absolute.

The interval endpoint convention does not affect the integral. For fixed BB and DD, the characters of moduli at most (log⁡D)5(\log D)^5 form a finite family. If fif_i is uniformly nonpretentious, Lemma 12.1 with P=C\mathcal{P}=\mathcal{C} gives M(bi;Y,Q)→∞\mathcal{M}(b_i;Y,Q)\to\infty uniformly in the twists (12.3). It follows that

lim sup⁡Y→∞sup⁡α,ti1DY∫0Y∣∑y<m≤y+Dbi(m)e(αm)∣ dy≪log⁡log⁡Dlog⁡D.(85)\limsup_{Y\to\infty}\sup_{\alpha,t_i}\frac{1}{DY}\int_0^Y\left|\sum_{y<m\le y+D}b_i(m)e(\alpha m)\right|\,dy\ll\frac{\log\log D}{\log D}. \tag*{(85)}

Both the prime cutoff and the allowed height in the distance are YY, as in the hypothesis of Theorem 1.2. For real YY, apply Theorem 12.2 with X=⌈Y⌉X=\lceil Y\rceil and enlarge the integral to [0,⌈Y⌉][0,\lceil Y\rceil]; the normalization changes by a factor tending to 1. Thus the hypothesis along integer scales is sufficient. The frequency supremum in (12.7) is outside the integral. No bound with that supremum inside the integral is used below.

A rough-number Fourier multiplier

To use (12.7) for (12.4), define

QM(α)=∑M<w≤τMcwwe(αhw).(86)Q_M(\alpha)=\sum_{M<w\le\tau M}\frac{c_w}{w}e(\alpha h w). \tag*{(86)}

We need its maximum and its fourth moment. The coefficients are arbitrary; only their rough support will be used.

Lemma 12.3 (Rough-number bounds). Fix C0≥1C_0\ge1, 1<τ<21<\tau<2, and an integer h≥1h\ge1. Let P0=exp⁡(B1−ε)P_0=\exp(B^{1-\varepsilon}), where ε=10−4\varepsilon=10^{-4}, and suppose P0/τ≤M≤exp⁡(C0B)P_0/\tau\le M\le\exp(C_0B). If ∣cw∣≤1|c_w|\le1 and cw=0c_w=0 unless w∈(M,τM]w\in(M,\tau M] is P0P_0-rough, then, for all sufficiently large BB,

∥QM∥∞≪B−1+εlog⁡B,(87)\|Q_M\|_\infty\ll B^{-1+\varepsilon}\log B, \tag*{(87)}
∫R/Z∣QM(α)∣4 dα≪M−1B−4+4ε(log⁡B)6.(88)\int_{\mathbb{R}/\mathbb{Z}}|Q_M(\alpha)|^4\,d\alpha\ll M^{-1}B^{-4+4\varepsilon}(\log B)^6. \tag*{(88)}

The constants are uniform in MM and the coefficients.

Proof. We give the sieve bounds including their counting errors. Put

s=2⌈100log⁡B⌉,z0=P01/(100s).s=2\lceil100\log B\rceil,\qquad z_0=P_0^{1/(100s)}.

For every prime p<z0p<z_0, forbid νp\nu_p residue classes, where 0≤νp≤20\le\nu_p\le2. If r(n)r(n) is the number of these prime conditions satisfied by nn, even inclusion-exclusion gives

1r(n)=0≤∑j=0s(−1)j(r(n)j).\mathbf{1}_{r(n)=0}\le\sum_{j=0}^{s}(-1)^j\binom{r(n)}{j}.

Indeed, for r>0r>0 the sum on the right is (r−1s)≥0\binom{r-1}{s}\ge0, and for r=0r=0 it is 1. Write Ej((ap))=∑∣I∣=jp∈I∏p∈IapE_j((a_p))=\sum_{\substack{|I|=j\\p\in I}} \prod_{p\in I}a_p for the elementary symmetric sum over subsets of the primes p<z0p<z_0. The Chinese remainder theorem, applied on any interval II of real length VV, now yields

#{n∈I:n avoids the forbidden classes}≤V∑j=0s(−1)jEj((νp/p))+O(∑j=0sEj((νp))).(89)\#\{n\in I:n\text{ avoids the forbidden classes}\}\le V\sum_{j=0}^{s}(-1)^jE_j((\nu_p/p))+O\left(\sum_{j=0}^{s}E_j((\nu_p))\right). \tag*{(89)}

The residue-counting error is independent of the position of II. It is at most

(s+1)(2z0)s=(s+1)2sP01/100≤P01/5(s+1)(2z_0)^s=(s+1)2^sP_0^{1/100}\le P_0^{1/5}

for large BB.

Let Λ0=∑p<z0νp/p\Lambda_0=\sum_{p<z_0}\nu_p/p. Mertens’ estimate gives Λ0≤2log⁡log⁡z0+O(1)≤3log⁡B\Lambda_0\le2\log\log z_0+O(1)\le3\log B for large BB. Since Ej((νp/p))≤Λ0j/j!E_j((\nu_p/p))\le\Lambda_0^j/j!, the difference between the truncated density in (12.11) and its full Euler product has absolute value at most

∑j>sΛ0jj!≤(eΛ0/(s+1))s+11−Λ0/(s+2)≤B−10.\sum_{j>s}\frac{\Lambda_0^j}{j!}\le\frac{(e\Lambda_0/(s+1))^{s+1}}{1-\Lambda_0/(s+2)}\le B^{-10}.

Consequently the count in (12.11) is at most

V(∏p<z0(1−νp/p)+B−10)+O(P01/5).(90)V\left(\prod_{p<z_0}(1-\nu_p/p)+B^{-10}\right)+O(P_0^{1/5}). \tag*{(90)}

For one rough integer, take νp=1\nu_p=1. The product is O(1/log⁡z0)=O(B−1+εlog⁡B)O(1/\log z_0)=O(B^{-1+\varepsilon}\log B). Thus the number RR of P0P_0-rough integers in (M,τM](M,\tau M] satisfies

R≪MB−1+εlog⁡B.(91)R\ll MB^{-1+\varepsilon}\log B. \tag*{(91)}

Both error terms in (12.12) are absorbed, since M≥P0/τM\ge P_0/\tau.

The one-point bound proves (12.9), because w≥Mw\ge M. To estimate the fourth moment, extend aw=cw/wa_w=c_w/w by zero outside its support. Fourier orthogonality gives

∫R/Z∣QM(α)∣4 dα=∑k∣∑waw+kaw‾∣2.\int_{\mathbb{R}/\mathbb{Z}}|Q_M(\alpha)|^4\,d\alpha=\sum_k\left|\sum_w a_{w+k}\overline{a_w}\right|^2.

There is no factor depending on hh: multiplication by the nonzero integer hh preserves Haar measure on R/Z\mathbb{R}/\mathbb{Z}. Let RkR_k count pairs w,w+k∈(M,τM]w,w+k\in(M,\tau M] that are both P0P_0-rough. Each inner absolute value is at most Rk/M2R_k/M^2. We next bound RkR_k for k≠0k\ne0; only ∣k∣≤2M|k|\le2M can contribute. The permitted interval for ww is an intersection of two intervals of length less than MM. Sieve out the residues 0,−k0,-k modulo p<z0p<z_0. If kk is odd there are no pairs for large BB, because both rough integers must be odd. If kk is even, the density product is

12∏3≤p<z0(1−2p)∏3≤p<z0p∣k1−1/p1−2/p≪1(log⁡z0)2exp⁡(∑p∣k1p+O(1)).\frac{1}{2}\prod_{3\le p<z_0}\left(1-\frac{2}{p}\right)\prod_{\substack{3\le p<z_0\\p\mid k}}\frac{1-1/p}{1-2/p}\ll\frac{1}{(\log z_0)^2}\exp\left(\sum_{p\mid k}\frac{1}{p}+O(1)\right).

Here (1−2/p)/(1−1/p)2=1−1/(p−1)2≤1(1-2/p)/(1-1/p)^2=1-1/(p-1)^2\le1 and log⁡((1−1/p)/(1−2/p))=1/p+O(p−2)\log((1-1/p)/(1-2/p))=1/p+O(p^{-2}) for p≥3p\ge3. The singular factor is uniformly OC0(log⁡B)O_{C_0}(\log B): indeed

∑p∣k1p≤∑p≤B1p+log⁡∣k∣Blog⁡B≤log⁡log⁡B+OC0(1),\sum_{p\mid k}\frac{1}{p}\le\sum_{p\le B}\frac{1}{p}+\frac{\log|k|}{B\log B}\le\log\log B+O_{C_0}(1),

since log⁡∣k∣≤C0B+log⁡2\log|k|\le C_0B+\log2. Applying (12.12) proves

Rk≪MB−2+2ε(log⁡B)3(k≠0).(92)R_k\ll MB^{-2+2\varepsilon}(\log B)^3\qquad(k\ne0). \tag*{(92)}

There are O(M)O(M) nonzero differences, so their total contribution is O(M−1B−4+4ε(log⁡B)6)O(M^{-1}B^{-4+4\varepsilon}(\log B)^6) by (12.14). The term k=0k=0 is at most (R/M2)2≪M−2(R/M^2)^2\ll M^{-2}, which is smaller than the same bound because M≥P0/τM\ge P_0/\tau. This proves (12.10).

The fourth moment localizes the frequencies at which QMQ_M is large. On the remaining frequencies its maximum is already small enough. We next put the target correlation into a form where these two facts can be combined with (12.7).

Two overlapping intervals and the frequency split

Let

D1=⌈M⌉,D2=(1+2h)D1.D_1=\lceil M\rceil,\qquad D_2=(1+2h)D_1.

and define

Ay(α)=∑y<n≤y+D1b1(n)e(αn),By(−α)=∑y<m≤y+D2b2(m)e(−αm).A_y(\alpha)=\sum_{y<n\le y+D_1}b_1(n)e(\alpha n),\qquad B_y(-\alpha)=\sum_{y<m\le y+D_2}b_2(m)e(-\alpha m).

For each term of QMQ_M, integration in α\alpha imposes m=n+hwm=n+hw. Moreover hw<2hD1=D2−D1hw<2hD_1=D_2-D_1, so

[n−D1,n)⊆[n+hw−D2,n+hw).[n-D_1,n)\subseteq[n+hw-D_2,n+hw).

Thus, if LY(n)=∣[0,Y]∩[n−D1,n)∣L_Y(n)=|[0,Y]\cap[n-D_1,n)|, orthogonality gives the exact identity

∫0Y∫R/ZQM(α)Ay(α)By(−α) dα dy=∑M<w≤τMcww∑n≥1b1(n)b2(n+hw)LY(n).\int_0^Y\int_{\mathbb{R}/\mathbb{Z}}Q_M(\alpha)A_y(\alpha)B_y(-\alpha)\,\mathrm{d}\alpha\,\mathrm{d}y =\sum_{M<w\le\tau M}\frac{c_w}{w}\sum_{n\ge1}b_1(n)b_2(n+hw)L_Y(n).

For D1≤n≤YD_1\le n\le Y one has LY(n)=D1L_Y(n)=D_1. The difference from D111≤n≤YD_1 1_{1\le n\le Y} is supported on O(D1)O(D_1) integers at the two ends and has total absolute mass O(D12)O(D_1^2). Since ∑M<w≤τM1/w≪1\sum_{M<w\le\tau M}1/w\ll1, we obtain

1D1Y∫0Y∫R/ZQM(α)Ay(α)By(−α) dα dy=1Y∑n≤Yb1(n)∑M<w≤τMcwwb2(n+hw)+O(D1/Y).(93)\frac{1}{D_1Y}\int_0^Y\int_{\mathbb{R}/\mathbb{Z}}Q_M(\alpha)A_y(\alpha)B_y(-\alpha)\,\mathrm{d}\alpha\,\mathrm{d}y =\frac{1}{Y}\sum_{n\le Y}b_1(n)\sum_{M<w\le\tau M}\frac{c_w}{w}b_2(n+hw)+O(D_1/Y). \tag*{(93)}

The endpoint error tends to zero because D1D_1 is fixed before YY.

Set tB=B−1−εt_B=B^{-1-\varepsilon} and EB={α∈R/Z:∣QM(α)∣>tB}E_B=\{\alpha\in\mathbb{R}/\mathbb{Z}:|Q_M(\alpha)|>t_B\}. By Lemma 12.3,

∣EB∣≪M−1Bε(log⁡B)6,∥QM∥∞≪B−1+εlog⁡B.(94)|E_B|\ll M^{-1}B^{\varepsilon}(\log B)^6,\qquad\|Q_M\|_\infty\ll B^{-1+\varepsilon}\log B. \tag*{(94)}

On R/Z∖EB\mathbb{R}/\mathbb{Z}\setminus E_B, Parseval and Cauchy–Schwarz give, for each yy,

∫R/Z∖EB∣QMAyBy∣ dα≤tB(∫R/Z∣Ay∣2)1/2(∫R/Z∣By∣2)1/2≤tBD1D2.\int_{\mathbb{R}/\mathbb{Z}\setminus E_B}|Q_MA_yB_y|\,\mathrm{d}\alpha \le t_B\left(\int_{\mathbb{R}/\mathbb{Z}}|A_y|^2\right)^{1/2}\left(\int_{\mathbb{R}/\mathbb{Z}}|B_y|^2\right)^{1/2} \le t_B\sqrt{D_1D_2}.

After integration in yy and division by D1YD_1Y, the contribution is Oh(B−1−ε)O_h(B^{-1-\varepsilon}).

On EBE_B, suppose first that f1f_1 is uniformly nonpretentious. Use ∣By∣≤D2|B_y|\le D_2, integrate first in yy, and apply (12.7) to AyA_y at each fixed frequency. The normalized limsup is at most

O(∥QM∥∞∣EB∣D2log⁡log⁡D1log⁡D1).(95)O\left(\|Q_M\|_\infty|E_B|D_2\frac{\log\log D_1}{\log D_1}\right). \tag*{(95)}

If instead f2f_2 is the nonpretentious factor, use ∣Ay∣≤D1|A_y|\le D_1 and apply the same estimate to ByB_y; this replaces D1D_1 by D2D_2 inside the logarithms in (12.17). In both cases Fubini’s theorem is followed by the bound for the already integrated exponential sum, with a supremum over its fixed frequency. The frequency supremum has not been moved inside a short-interval integral.

The range (12.1) implies, for i=1,2i=1,2,

DiM≪h1,log⁡log⁡Dilog⁡Di≪C0,h,τB−1+εlog⁡B.\frac{D_i}{M} \ll_h 1,\qquad\frac{\log\log D_i}{\log D_i} \ll_{C_0,h,\tau} B^{-1+\varepsilon}\log B.

Using (12.16) in (12.17), the large-frequency contribution is

O(B−2+10ε(log⁡B)8)=o(B−1−ε),O\left(B^{-2+10\varepsilon}(\log B)^8\right)=o\left(B^{-1-\varepsilon}\right),

since 11ε<111\varepsilon<1. Together with the small-frequency bound and (12.15), this proves (12.4). The argument is uniform in the Fourier twists, since (12.7) is uniform in them.

Completion of Proposition 11.4. Apply (12.4) with cw=cw(u)c_w=c_w^{(u)} to each fixed uu in the expansion at the start of this section. Dividing its contribution by XX contributes the factor AωC(u)/uA^{\omega_C(u)}/u; the extracted factors f1(u)f2(u)f_1(u)f_2(u) have modulus at most 1. The two Fourier inversions cost at most ∥1^∥12\lVert\widehat{1}\rVert_1^2. At fixed BB all sums over u,wu,w are finite, and the uniform estimate therefore gives, by (12.2), a total limsup O(L0B−1−ε)O(L_0B^{-1-\varepsilon}). Adding the earlier coprimality error O(L0J/P0)O(L_0J/P_0) proves (11.11). □

The analytic comparison required for (11.12) is now proved. It remains to establish the graph estimate; the following sections develop its closed-line bound and then pass from that bound to the long-average estimate.

Forbidden paths and arithmetic savings

We now prove the graph estimate stated in Proposition 10.1. Its main input is a bound for closed walks after deleting a sparse periodic set of vertices. In this section we define that set and establish the arithmetic estimates used to discard exceptional walks. The parameters and kernels are those of Section 10. In the graph proof, BB tends to infinity with h,τ,C0,Th,\tau,C_0,T fixed.

Deleting vertices that support short prohibited paths is part of the divisibility-graph method of [10], developed for composite labels in [16]. We use primitive specifications with an extra prime coordinate and prove the resulting density and arithmetic bounds for the present graph.

Put

ℓ=2⌊B⌋,L=⌊B1−ρ⌋,t0=⌈B4ε⌉.(96)\ell=2\lfloor B\rfloor,\qquad L=\lfloor B^{1-\rho}\rfloor,\qquad t_0=\lceil B^{4\varepsilon}\rceil. \tag*{(96)}

A closed line is a list of signs and labels d=((εi,di))i=1ℓ\mathbf{d}=((\varepsilon_i,d_i))_{i=1}^{\ell}, where εi∈{−1,1}\varepsilon_i\in\{-1,1\}, di∈Dd_i\in\mathcal{D}, and the offsets

b0=0,bj=∑i=1jεihdi(1≤j≤ℓ)b_0=0,\qquad b_j=\sum_{i=1}^{j}\varepsilon_i h d_i\quad(1\le j\le\ell)

satisfy bℓ=0b_\ell=0. Repeated offsets are allowed. Define its normalized product by

Kd(n)=∏i=1ℓgdi(n+bi−1,n+bi)W(n+bi−1).(97)K_{\mathbf{d}}(n)=\prod_{i=1}^{\ell}\frac{g_{d_i}(n+b_{i-1},n+b_i)}{W(n+b_{i-1})}. \tag*{(97)}

At each BB, all residue expectations below are on the finite product probability space of Section 10.

The deleted vertices

Definition 13.1 (Path specifications). A specification consists of a path with distinct integer offsets z0=0,z1,…,zmz_0=0,z_1,\ldots,z_m, where 1≤m≤L1\le m\le L and

zi−zi−1=εihei,ei∈D,εi∈{−1,1}.z_i-z_{i-1}=\varepsilon_i h e_i,\qquad e_i\in\mathcal{D},\qquad\varepsilon_i\in\{-1,1\}.

an extra prime p∈Sp\in\mathcal{S} dividing none of the eie_i, and an index i0∈{1,…,m}i_0\in\{1,\ldots,m\} such that p∣zm−zi0−1p\mid z_m-z_{i_0-1}. It qualifies at xx when

p∣x,ei∣x+zi−1(1≤i≤m).p\mid x,\qquad e_i\mid x+z_{i-1}\quad(1\le i\le m).

Its prime support Π\Pi is the union of {p}\{p\} and the prime factors of all its edge labels. Its cylinder is the set of starting integers xx satisfying these qualification conditions. The cylinder is either empty or fixes one residue at each prime in Π\Pi; in the latter case its measure is ∏q∈Πq−1\prod_{q\in\Pi}q^{-1}.

When testing a contiguous subpath as a specification, translate its offsets to start at zero. If it starts at zaz_a, test qualification at x+zax+z_a. For the reversed subpath, use the same convention with its new initial vertex. The extra prime may be any member of Π\Pi absent from the subpath’s edge labels. All these tests are constant as xx ranges over a nonempty original cylinder, since they use only its fixed prime coordinates.

A specification is primitive if its cylinder is nonempty and no shorter nonempty contiguous subpath, in either orientation, can be made into a specification, with an extra prime from Π\Pi, that qualifies at its own initial vertex for xx in that cylinder. Set

Y={x∈Z: no primitive specification qualifies at x}.Y=\{x\in\mathbb{Z}:\text{ no primitive specification qualifies at }x\}.

The set YY is periodic modulo ∏p∈Sp\prod_{p\in\mathcal{S}}p. For a path translated to start at xx, a prime qq is active at its iith vertex when q∣x+ziq\mid x+z_i.

Lemma 13.2 (Descent to a primitive path). If a specification qualifies, a primitive specification using only its prime support qualifies at one of its path vertices, along a contiguous subpath in one of the two orientations.

Proof. Full edge divisibility survives reversal: e∣xe\mid x and x′=x±hex'=x\pm he imply e∣x′e\mid x'. For a candidate subpath all residue tests are constant on the original cylinder, since they involve only its fixed prime coordinates. If the current specification is not primitive, take a shorter qualifying contiguous subpath in an allowed orientation. Its support is contained in the preceding support. The positive length strictly decreases, so the procedure terminates.

We shall prove the following estimate. Its density assertion is proved immediately; the closed-line bound is completed in Section 16.

Theorem 13.3 (High trace). For the divisor family, cutoffs, and kernels of Section 10, the periodic set YY in Definition 13.1 satisfies, as B→∞B\to\infty,

P(n∉Y)≤P0−1+o(1).(98)\mathbb{P}(n\notin Y)\le P_0^{-1+o(1)}. \tag*{(98)}
∑d∣EKd(n)∏j=0ℓ1Y(n+bj)∣≤B−(1+c∗)ℓ.(99)\sum_d\left|\mathbb{E}K_d(n)\prod_{j=0}^{\ell}\mathbf{1}_Y(n+b_j)\right|\le B^{-(1+c_*)\ell}. \tag*{(99)}

The sum is over all closed lines of length ℓ\ell. The asymptotic bounds are uniform over the admissible divisor families and cutoffs, with h,τ,C0,Th,\tau,C_0,T fixed.

Lemma 13.4 (Density of the deleted set). The set YY satisfies (13.3).

Proof. It suffices to count all qualifying specifications. For fixed edge labels, signs, and suffix, its displacement D=zm−zi0−1D = z_m - z_{i_0-1} is nonzero because the path vertices are distinct, and ∣D∣≤LhτH|D| \le Lh\tau H. Sum the extra prime first, keeping these numerical edge labels fixed. Since p>P0p > P_0,

∑p∈Sp∣D1p≤log⁡(∣D∣+2)P0log⁡2≪log⁡(LhτH+2)P0.\sum_{\substack{p\in S\\p\mid D}} \frac{1}{p} \le\frac{\log(|D|+2)}{P_0\log2} \ll\frac{\log(Lh\tau H+2)}{P_0}.

The support weight for the remaining distinct edge primes is the product of their reciprocals. There are at most LJLJ edge-prime slots. Choosing the length, signs, suffix, factor counts, and a partition of these slots into equality classes costs exp⁡(O(LJlog⁡B))\exp(O(LJ\log B)). Indeed a partition of at most LJLJ slots has at most (LJ)LJ(LJ)^{LJ} descriptions. Summing each remaining class over its prime values costs at most vC+vZv_C+v_Z, or 1+vC+vZ1+v_C+v_Z as a uniform upper bound. At this point we may drop all bin and distinctness restrictions in those positive sums. The resulting bound is

P(n∉Y)≤P0−1exp⁡(O(LJlog⁡B)+O(LJlog⁡log⁡B)+O(log⁡B)).\mathbb{P}(n\notin Y) \le P_0^{-1}\exp\bigl(O(LJ\log B)+O(LJ\log\log B)+O(\log B)\bigr).

Since LJlog⁡B=O(B1−ρlog⁡2B)=o(log⁡P0)LJ\log B = O(B^{1-\rho}\log^2 B)=o(\log P_0), this proves the assertion.

The deletion also provides useful constraints on the labels of a primitive path. The next lemma identifies coefficients that remain invertible even when a prime divides several edge labels.

Lemma 13.5 (Prime intervals and the last constant block). For sufficiently large BB, let a primitive specification have edge labels e1,…,eme_1,\ldots,e_m, extra prime pp, and suffix ending at mm. Then the following statements hold.

  1. For every edge prime qq, the indices ii with q∣eiq\mid e_i form an interval of consecutive indices.

  1. Let bb be the first index of the final maximal constant block eb=⋯=eme_b=\cdots=e_m. Then b>1b>1, the signs on this block are constant, and there exists r∣ebr\mid e_b with r∤eb−1r\nmid e_{b-1}. Every such rr occurs only in the constant tail. In the specified suffix displacement, its coefficient as a prime variable is nonzero modulo pp. This coefficient assertion holds for any edge prime whose occurrences are confined to that tail.

  1. If qq occurs before bb and rr is as in the preceding part, the coefficient of qq in zb−1−z0z_{b-1}-z_0 is nonzero modulo rr.

Coefficients here are obtained by fixing all other distinct prime values; squarefreeness makes each displacement linear in the prime being varied.

Proof. Suppose successive occurrence blocks of qq are separated by edges not containing qq. The intervening path begins and ends at active vertices for qq, since adjacent qualifying qq-edges have divisible endpoints. It is a shorter simple qq-free path with nonzero total displacement divisible by qq. With extra prime qq and its whole path as suffix, it contradicts primitivity. This proves the first part.

Within a constant-label block, an adjacent change of sign would repeat a vertex, so all signs agree. If b=1b=1, the prescribed suffix displacement is ±khem\pm khe_m for some 1≤k≤L1\le k\le L. The prime pp divides neither eme_m nor hh, and p>Lp>L, so this is impossible. Thus b>1b>1. The unequal squarefree labels eb,eb−1e_b,e_{b-1} lie in one bin of ratio less than 2. If every prime of ebe_b divided eb−1e_{b-1}, their quotient would be an integer at least 2, a contradiction. Choose r∣ebr \mid e_b absent from eb−1e_{b-1}. By the first part it is absent from the entire prefix. Its coefficient in the suffix is

±khebr,1≤k≤L.\pm\frac{k h e_b}{r}, \qquad1 \le k \le L.

This is nonzero modulo pp, because p>h,Lp > h,L and pp divides none of the edge labels. The same reasoning applies to every prime confined to the tail.

Finally, intersect the occurrence interval of qq with the prefix 1,…,b−11,\ldots,b-1. The resulting nonempty interval is i,…,ji,\ldots,j; in particular, j=b−1j=b-1 if qq also occurs in the tail. The sum of these prefix terms is S=zj−zi−1≠0S=z_j-z_{i-1}\ne0. If r∣Sr\mid S, reverse the path from zb−1z_{b-1} to zi−1z_{i-1}. Its edges avoid rr, it starts at a vertex active for rr, and its suffix from zjz_j to zi−1z_{i-1} has displacement divisible by rr. Full divisibility survives reversal. This shorter qualifying specification contradicts primitivity. Since q≠rq\ne r and SS is qq times the asserted coefficient, that coefficient is invertible modulo rr.

Absolute counts and triangular constraints

We next record a deliberately coarse counting estimate. It is used only when an additional arithmetic saving makes an entire class negligible. The main contribution in Section 16 will require a more economical enumeration.

For a line occurrence (i,p)(i,p), p∣dip\mid d_i, call it lit if p∣n+bi−1p\mid n+b_{i-1} and unlit otherwise. The condition is the same at the arrival vertex. We may attach a specification at a line vertex n+bjn+b_j; qualification then refers to that starting point. A slot pattern records the factor counts of all edge labels, their signs, their bands, equality classes of prime slots, and the lengths, attachments, extra-prime slots, and suffix indices of attached specifications. Distinct classes represent distinct prime variables. The pattern may also specify line occurrence statuses and a tree on the visited vertices whose edges are recorded line steps.

Lemma 13.6 (Absolute reciprocal counting). Consider a line of length ℓ\ell together with at most 2t02t_0 attached qualifying specifications, each of length at most LL. Refine its slot pattern by recording the lit or unlit status of every line occurrence. There are exp⁡(O(Blog⁡2B))\exp(O(B\log^2 B)) slot patterns, including signs, attachments, occurrence statuses, and recorded vertex identifications. For each assigned pattern and its numerical prime values, let A\mathcal{A} be its attached specifications and let EE be any residue event imposing the recorded occurrence statuses, possibly with further restrictions. Then

E[∣Kd(n)∣1E(n)∏σ∈A1{σ qualifies at its assigned vertex}]≤AℓJ∏p used1p.(100)\mathbb{E}\left[|K_d(n)|\mathbf{1}_E(n)\prod_{\sigma\in\mathcal{A}}\mathbf{1}_{\{\sigma\text{ qualifies at its assigned vertex}\}}\right] \le A^{\ell J}\prod_{p\ \mathrm{used}}\frac{1}{p}. \tag*{(100)}

If the recorded statuses include at least t0t_0 unlit occurrences among center primes occurring at least twice on the line, this majorant has the additional factor P0−t0/2P_0^{-t_0/2}. The total contribution of that class, summed over all patterns and numerical assignments, is O(exp⁡(−B1+ε/2))O(\exp(-B^{1+\varepsilon/2})).

Proof. The number of slots is at most

ℓJ+2t0(LJ+1)=O(Blog⁡B),\ell J+2t_0(LJ+1)=O(B\log B),

since 4ε<ρ4\varepsilon<\rho. A partition of RR slots has at most RRR^R descriptions. All further indices have polynomially many choices in BB per slot or per recorded vertex, giving the stated entropy. Recording the destination of each step among at most ℓ+1\ell+1 vertices includes possible vertex identifications and any chosen tree of recorded steps within the same bound. Drop the cutoffs and W−1W^{-1}, which lie in [0,1][0,1]. The powers of AA from core occurrences are at most AℓJA^{\ell J}. A lit occurrence of pp, or qualification of any attached specification using pp, fixes its residue and supplies at most 1/p1/p. In the absence of either, pp appears only on unlit line occurrences. An unlit core occurrence vanishes; each unlit center occurrence supplies θ/p\theta/p, so at least one factor 1/p1/p is still available. The remaining conditions may be discarded after taking these positive primewise bounds. Independence of the prime residue coordinates proves (13.5).

If a repeated center prime has a lit occurrence, every unlit occurrence supplies an additional reciprocal beyond the residue probability. If all its m≥2m \ge2 line occurrences are unlit, they supply p−mp^{-m}, saving at least p−(m−1)p^{-(m-1)} beyond the displayed majorant; here m−1≥m/2m-1 \ge m/2. Additional qualification conditions can only improve the estimate. At least t0t_0 repeated-unlit occurrences therefore save P0−t0/2P_0^{-t_0/2}.

For each unrestricted prime variable its reciprocal sum is at most 1+vC+vZ=O(1+log⁡B)1+v_C+v_Z=O(1+\log B). Thus the total before the extra saving is exp⁡(O(Blog⁡2B))\exp(O(B\log^2 B)), including AℓJA^{\ell J}. The saving has logarithm at most −12B1+3ε-\frac{1}{2}B^{1+3\varepsilon}, which proves the last assertion for sufficiently large BB.

The next lemma is the arithmetic alternative to having many unlit occurrences. Its ordering hypothesis is essential: all selected prime values cannot be summed independently without examining their dependencies.

Lemma 13.7 (Triangular arithmetic saving). In the positive count of Lemma 13.6, suppose every configuration under consideration supplies at least B2εB^{2\varepsilon} distinct prime variables q1,…,qkq_1,\ldots,q_k and tests with the following properties. Test jj uses only qjq_j, the earlier variables q1,…,qj−1q_1,\ldots,q_{j-1}, and nonselected variables, and is either

  1. qj∣Djq_j \mid D_j, where Dj≠0D_j \ne0 is independent of qjq_j and log⁡(∣Dj∣+2)=O(Blog⁡B)\log(|D_j|+2)=O(B\log B); or

  1. ajqj+cj≡0(modrj)a_jq_j+c_j \equiv0 \pmod{r_j}, where aj,cj,rja_j,c_j,r_j are independent of qjq_j, rjr_j is an earlier or nonselected prime variable, and aj≢0(modrj)a_j \not\equiv0 \pmod{r_j}.

Assume the choices of tests and their order have exp⁡(O(Blog⁡2B))\exp(O(B\log^2 B)) descriptions. Then their total absolute contribution, also allowing the attached specifications in Lemma 13.6, is

O(exp⁡(−B1+ε/2)).(101)O\left(\exp\left(-B^{1+\varepsilon/2}\right)\right). \tag*{(101)}

The description bound applies in particular when each test uses a bounded number of displacements along contiguous line or attached paths, or along paths in a recorded tree of line steps, together with one common specified integer offset of size O(ℓH)O(\ell H).

Proof. Fix the nonselected variables. For the first type of test,

∑q∈Sq∣Dj1q≤log⁡(∣Dj∣+2)P0log⁡2≪Blog⁡BP0.\sum_{\substack{q\in S\\q\mid D_j}}\frac{1}{q}\leq\frac{\log(|D_j|+2)}{P_0\log2}\ll\frac{B\log B}{P_0}.

For the second type, invertibility leaves one residue class modulo rjr_j. Comparison with the integral of 1/x1/x along that progression gives, even when the sum is enlarged from primes to integers,

∑P0<n≤eBn≡a0(modrj)1n≤1P0+B−log⁡P0rj≤1+BP0.\sum_{\substack{P_0<n\leq e^B\\n\equiv a_0\pmod{r_j}}}\frac{1}{n}\leq\frac{1}{P_0}+\frac{B-\log P_0}{r_j}\leq\frac{1+B}{P_0}.

The bound includes the zero residue class. Sum the selected variables in the order qk,qk−1,…,q1q_k,q_{k-1},\ldots,q_1. When summing qjq_j, every remaining earlier test is independent of it, and its own test has one of the preceding uniform bounds. The conditions Dj≠0D_j \ne0 and aj≢0(modrj)a_j \not\equiv0 \pmod{r_j} are retained through this elimination. If either fails for fixed earlier data, the admissible inner sum is zero. Numerical distinctness may also be retained; dropping it is unnecessary for the progression bound. Backward induction therefore gives a factor

(O(Blog⁡B)P0)k\left(\frac{O(B\log B)}{P_0}\right)^k

The other prime sums and all descriptions cost exp⁡(O(Blog⁡2B))\exp(O(B\log^2 B)). Since klog⁡P0≥B1+εk\log P_0 \ge B^{1+\varepsilon}, their product satisfies (13.6).

We verify the final description convention. There are O(Blog⁡B)O(B\log B) slots and polynomially many recorded positions or vertices. A bounded number of paths per test is specified by its endpoints and type, together with a choice of prime variables and order; choosing at most the number of slots many tests costs exp⁡(O(Blog⁡2B))\exp(O(B\log^2 B)). The common integer offset has O(ℓH+1)=exp⁡(O(B))O(\ell H+1)=\exp(O(B)) possible values. After fixing it we may drop the equation that originally identifies it with a difference of tree offsets, since we are taking an upper bound. Each edge product under arbitrary slot assignments is at most eBJe^{BJ}. Hence every indicated bounded sum of path displacements still has logarithmic size O(Blog⁡B)O(B\log B), even after the original divisor-bin restrictions have been relaxed. Nonzero and invertibility tests are never relaxed.

These estimates dispose of any class with sufficiently many independent arithmetic restrictions. We next use the tree formed by first visits to find those restrictions and describe what remains.

Connected activity on the first-visit tree

We use the arithmetic estimates of Section 13 to simplify the closed lines contributing to the high trace. The restrictions will depend only on the numerical line and a specified set of residue coordinates. They will leave the residue of every center prime occurring only once on the line free for the later signed average.

The first-visit tree and active vertices

For a closed line dd, construct a rooted tree T\mathcal{T} on its distinct offsets as follows. Start at b0=0b_0=0. Whenever a step reaches an offset not visited previously, add that vertex and join it to the current vertex by the step just taken. Every other step is a return. Write r∗r_* for the number of returns, and b(v)b(v) for the integer offset of a tree vertex vv. Thus ∣E(T)∣=ℓ−r∗|E(\mathcal{T})|=\ell-r_* and all b(v)b(v) are distinct. Tree edges inherit their labels and signs from their adding steps. A tree prime is a prime dividing a tree-edge label. Figure 2 shows a six-step example.

First visits and returns in the walk $0 \to u \to v \to u \to w \to u \to 0$

Figure 2. First visits (solid) and returns (dashed) in the walk $0 \to u \to v \to u \to w \to u \to 0$. Numbers give the chronological step indices. The three solid edges form the first-visit tree. This diagram records only the walk topology.

Recall that an occurrence (i,p)(i,p) is lit when p∣n+bi−1p\mid n+b_{i-1}. Set

F={p:p occurs on the line and either p∈C or p occurs at least twice}.(102)\mathcal{F}=\{p:p\text{ occurs on the line and either }p\in\mathcal{C}\text{ or }p\text{ occurs at least twice}\}. \tag*{(102)}

Write nFn_{\mathcal{F}} for these residue coordinates. We allow our restrictions to depend on nFn_{\mathcal{F}} and call the primes in F\mathcal{F} the fixed labels. Here “fixed” refers to the residues: the numerical line already specifies every prime value. The set includes core primes occurring once on the line, but excludes background core primes absent from it. For a fixed tree prime pp, define its active vertices by

Vp={v∈V(T):p∣n+b(v)}.V_p=\{v\in V(\mathcal{T}):p\mid n+b(v)\}.

The connected components of VpV_p are those of the induced subgraph on these vertices. Adjacent active vertices force pp to divide their edge label, since p∤hp \nmid h for sufficiently large BB.

A tree prime p∉Fp \notin\mathcal{F} is a center prime occurring on exactly one step of the entire line. Let epe_p denote its tree edge. Call it corrupted if a tree vertex other than the endpoints of epe_p has an offset congruent to those endpoints modulo pp. This is a condition on the numerical line alone.

Proposition 14.1 (Retained configurations). For each closed line there is a predicate Rd(nF)∈{0,1}R_d(n_{\mathcal{F}}) \in\{0,1\} with the following properties. Whenever it equals one:

  1. all core line occurrences are lit; no primitive specification with support contained in F\mathcal{F} qualifies at a trace vertex; and fewer than t0t_0 repeated center occurrences are unlit;

  1. every fixed tree prime has O(Bρ)O(B^\rho) active components; fewer than B1−2ρB^{1-2\rho} fixed tree primes have more than one active component;

  1. fewer than B1−2ρB^{1-2\rho} nonfixed tree primes are corrupted.

The implicit constant is uniform in the line. Moreover,

∑dE[∣Kd(n)∣∏j=0ℓ1Y(n+bj)(1−Rd(nF))]≪exp⁡(−B1+ε/2).(103)\sum_d \mathbb{E}\left[\lvert K_d(n)\rvert\prod_{j=0}^{\ell} \mathbf{1}_{Y}(n+b_j)(1-R_d(n_{\mathcal{F}}))\right] \ll\exp\left(-B^{1+\varepsilon/2}\right). \tag*{(103)}

The same exceptional estimates used in this proof remain valid after adding the qualification indicators of at most 2t02t_0 specifications and summing their recorded data, for the classes discarded by an arithmetic saving. Configurations excluded because of a fixed forbidden specification instead vanish with the original YY factors.

We prove the proposition in three stages. First we make active sets connected on a small number of blocks. Then a two-block argument rules out many disconnected fixed labels. Finally we handle the accidental offset coincidences of singleton labels.

Short gaps and connected blocks

Lemma 14.2 (Hitting paths in a forest). Let a finite forest carry a finite family of nonempty edge paths. If the family has no tt pairwise edge-disjoint paths, some set of fewer than 2t2t edges meets every path in the family.

Proof. Root each component. The top of a path is its vertex nearest that root. Choose a path whose top has maximum depth, and mark its one or two edges incident with the top. Every path sharing an edge with the chosen path must contain a marked edge. Indeed, a path sharing an edge with the chosen path must contain a marked edge. an edge below a mark and avoiding that mark remains wholly in the component below it; its top would be strictly deeper. Remove the paths hit by the marks and repeat. The paths chosen at successive stages are pairwise edge-disjoint. There are fewer than tt stages, so fewer than 2t2t marked edges suffice.

Lemma 14.3 (Connected activity on blocks). Except for configurations of zero contribution in (14.2) or total absolute contribution O(exp⁡(−B1+ε/2))O(\exp(-B^{1+\varepsilon/2})), one can cut O(t0)O(t_0) edges of the first-visit tree and cover the resulting forest by O(Bρ)O(B^\rho) connected blocks of diameter at most LL. The blocks cover every remaining edge and every vertex of the original tree. In each block, the active set of every fixed tree prime is connected or empty. Consequently each fixed tree prime has O(Bρ)O(B^\rho) whole-tree active components.

Proof. An unlit core occurrence makes Kd=0K_d = 0. A primitive specification supported on F\mathcal{F} and qualifying at a trace vertex makes the corresponding YY factor zero for every remaining coordinate assignment. Discard these configurations. By Lemma 13.6, those with at least t0t_0 unlit repeated center occurrences have the asserted negligible total. Each of these decisions uses only the line and nFn_{\mathcal{F}}.

Cut every tree edge having an unlit fixed occurrence. There are fewer than t0t_0 such edges. In the remaining forest a gap for pp is a path of length at most LL with active endpoints and at least one interior vertex, all interior vertices being inactive, for a fixed tree prime pp. Such a gap has no pp-edge: an active endpoint of a pp-edge forces its other endpoint to be active, while a pp-edge with inactive endpoints was cut.

Every gap contains a nonfixed prime label. Otherwise all its edge labels are fixed and lit, so the path is fully divisible. Its nonzero total displacement is divisible by pp, and its edges avoid pp. Taking extra prime pp and the whole path as suffix gives a qualifying specification. By Lemma 13.2, a primitive one with fixed support qualifies at a vertex of that tree path. Every tree vertex is a trace vertex, contrary to the preceding exclusion.

If there are t0t_0 edge-disjoint gaps, choose a nonfixed prime qq on each. Each chosen prime occurs once on the full line, hence nowhere on the other selected gaps. The displacement of its gap is linear in qq modulo the corresponding fixed prime pp, with coefficient ±h\pm h times the other prime factors of that edge. This coefficient is invertible modulo pp, since the gap is pp-free and p∤hp \nmid h. The selected constraints do not involve one another’s variables. Their paths and variables have the description cost of Lemma 13.7, which discards this class. The inequality t0≥B2εt_0 \ge B^{2\varepsilon} holds for large BB.

Otherwise Lemma 14.2 supplies fewer than 2t02t_0 further cuts meeting every gap. For each remaining piece traverse every edge twice and split that traversal into segments of at most LL steps. The edges and vertices in a segment form a connected subtree of diameter at most LL; include a singleton block for a piece with no edges. There are

O(ℓ/L+t0+1)=O(Bρ)O(\ell/L+t_0+1)=O(B^\rho)

blocks. They may overlap. Any two active vertices in a block have their joining path inside that block. An inactive portion on it would give a surviving short gap, impossible after the cuts. Thus activity is connected or empty on each block. Each block meets at most one whole-tree active component, and every such component has a vertex in a block. This proves the component bound.

Comparing two blocks

The active sets are now connected within each block. To compare different components for a fixed prime pp, suppose blocks 1 and 2 meet those components. Choose a root cjc_j in block jj and an active representative xpjx_p^j there. Since the representatives have distinct integer offsets,

p∣K+(b(xp2)−b(c2))−(b(xp1)−b(c1))≠0,K=b(c2)−b(c1).p \mid K + \bigl(b(x_p^2)-b(c_2)\bigr)-\bigl(b(x_p^1)-b(c_1)\bigr) \ne0,\qquad K=b(c_2)-b(c_1).

To apply the divisibility case of Lemma 13.7, we seek roots and representatives for which both local paths contain no edge label divisible by pp. For many selected primes at once, we also need a common order in which every selected prime appearing on either path comes earlier than pp. Once KK is specified separately, these conditions give the required triangular dependence. The next lemma supplies the choices.

Lemma 14.4 (Rerooting two blocks). Let two connected blocks of a tree and mm distinct prime indices pp be given. For each index let VpV_p be a vertex subset, and let ApjA_p^j be its intersection with block jj. Suppose these intersections are nonempty and connected. Edges have labels containing at most JJ prime factors. In either block, an edge has both endpoints in ApjA_p^j if and only if its label contains pp. Assume also that Ap1A_p^1 and Ap2A_p^2 lie in distinct components of the subgraph induced by VpV_p in the whole tree.

There are roots cjc_j in block jj, a set of ≫m1/8/(2J+1)\gg m^{1/8}/(2J+1) retained indices, and an order on those indices with the following property. If xpjx_p^j is the nearest vertex of ApjA_p^j to cjc_j, both paths from cjc_j to xpjx_p^j avoid pp, and any retained prime label on either path occurs earlier in the order. The two representatives xp1,xp2x_p^1,x_p^2 are distinct.

Proof. Start with arbitrary roots. A connected vertex set in a tree contains the entire path between any two of its vertices. It therefore has a unique nearest vertex to a chosen root. The root-to-xpjx_p^j path avoids pp-edges. If a retained label qq occurs on this path, both ends of its edge lie in AqjA_q^j; the nearest vertex xqjx_q^j is then a strict ancestor of xpjx_p^j. Thus dependencies are contained in the two strict ancestor orders. Indices with equal nearest points are incomparable.

Every finite partially ordered set with uu elements has a chain or an antichain of size at least u\sqrt{u}: partition its elements by the length of a longest chain ending there. Apply this to the first ancestor order. If an antichain is obtained, there are no dependencies from block 1 among its indices, so depth order in block 2 suffices. Otherwise apply the same argument in block 2 on the selected chain. An antichain there similarly suffices. In the remaining case we have chains in both blocks with at least m1/4m^{1/4} indices. The Erdős–Szekeres monotone-subsequence theorem [6] shows that two total orders have a common agreeing or reversed subsequence of size at least the square root of their length. To recall the elementary argument, assign to each position the lengths of the longest increasing and decreasing subsequences ending there. Two positions have different pairs, so if both lengths are less than u\sqrt{u} there cannot be uu positions. We thus retain at least a constant times m1/8m^{1/8} indices. Agreeing orders already give the conclusion.

Suppose the orders are reversed. In block 2 take the segment from its root to the farthest selected xp2x_p^2. The intersection of each Ap2A_p^2 with that segment is a closed vertex interval beginning at xp2x_p^2; these left endpoints are distinct. At a vertex of the segment, each positive-length interval containing it contains an incident segment edge. Each of the at most two such edges has at most JJ prime factors. At most one interval can consist of that vertex alone. Hence at most 2J+12J+1 intervals overlap at a vertex. Greedily coloring closed intervals in order of their left endpoints uses at most 2J+12J+1 colors: an existing color is available only if its preceding right endpoint is strictly earlier than the new left endpoint. One color retains at least a 1/(2J+1)1/(2J+1) fraction of pairwise vertex-disjoint intervals.

Reroot block 2 at the far end of the segment. The nearest point of Ap2A_p^2 is now the right endpoint of its interval. Indeed, for any vertex of Ap2A_p^2 off the segment, its projection onto the segment lies in that interval, because the path from xp2x_p^2 to the vertex lies in Ap2A_p^2. The path from the new root first reaches Ap2A_p^2 at the right endpoint. This also proves that off-segment branches cannot change the nearest point.

The right endpoints of vertex-disjoint intervals have the same order as their left endpoints along the original segment. Seen from its other end, that order reverses. The two block orders therefore agree after rerooting. The first paragraph applies to the new root as well and proves the dependency assertion. Each representative stayed in the same whole-tree component for its prime, so the two representatives for that prime are still distinct.

Lemma 14.5 (Few disconnected fixed labels). Among the configurations retained by Lemma 14.3, those with at least B1−2ρB^{1-2\rho} fixed tree primes having multiple active components have total absolute contribution O(exp⁡(−B1+ε/2))O(\exp(-B^{1+\varepsilon/2})).

Proof. For every such prime choose two blocks meeting distinct whole-tree active components. There are O(B2ρ)O(B^{2\rho}) ordered block pairs, so one pair serves m≫B1−4ρm \gg B^{1-4\rho} primes. Inside each block, the active set is nonempty and connected. Every edge carrying a fixed prime has active endpoints after the earlier cuts, and the converse follows from p∤hp \nmid h. Apply Lemma 14.4 and then specify the common integer

K=b(c2)−b(c1),∣K∣=O(ℓH).K=b(c_2)-b(c_1), \qquad|K|=O(\ell H).

Each retained prime gives the test (14.3). The expression is independent of pp, since both local paths avoid it. It involves only earlier retained variables by the lemma. Its nonvanishing follows from distinctness of the two representatives and the distinct integer offsets of tree vertices. The number of tests is

≫B(1−4ρ)/8J=B1/10O(log⁡B)>B2ε\gg\frac{B^{(1-4\rho)/8}}{J} = \frac{B^{1/10}}{O(\log B)} > B^{2\varepsilon}

for large BB.

Roots, endpoints, and prime choices can be recorded with the entropy allowed in Lemma 13.7. Choose KK only after the rerooting; its O(ℓH+1)O(\ell H+1) possibilities cost exp⁡(O(B))\exp(O(B)). Although its original value depends on the labels, fixing it and dropping that defining equation enlarges a positive sum. The local path expressions then have the required triangular dependence. Retain their nonzero tests under this enlargement and apply Lemma 13.7.

Accidental coincidences of singleton labels

The preceding argument concerned fixed residue coordinates. A nonfixed tree prime requires a different test: its residue must remain free, so we use only numerical coincidences between offsets.

Lemma 14.6 (Few corrupted singleton labels). Lines having at least B1−2ρB^{1-2\rho} corrupted nonfixed tree primes have total absolute contribution O(exp⁡(−B1+ε/2))O(\exp(-B^{1+\varepsilon/2})).

Proof. For every corrupted prime choose a witnessing vertex outside its edge endpoints, and put D=⌊B1−3ρ⌋D=\lfloor B^{1-3\rho}\rfloor. Distance from a vertex to an edge means its minimum tree distance to the two endpoints. Suppose first that at least half the selected witnesses have distance at most DD from their prime edge. Use the path from the nearer edge endpoint to its witness. This path avoids the prime’s sole edge, so its nonzero displacement is independent of that prime and is divisible by it. The expression contains at most JDJD other prime labels.

On the selected primes draw a directed dependency edge p→qp \to q if the test for pp contains qq. Its outdegree is at most JDJD. Every induced subgraph of the underlying undirected graph has average degree at most 2JD2JD. Successively choose a vertex of degree at most 2JD2JD and delete its neighbors. The resulting independent set has size at least a constant times

B1−2ρJD+1≫BρJ>B2ϵ.\frac{B^{1-2\rho}}{JD+1} \gg\frac{B^\rho}{J} > B^{2\epsilon}.

Its tests have no selected-variable dependencies. They are covered by Lemma 13.7.

Otherwise at least half the witnesses have distance greater than DD. Cover the full tree by O(ℓ/D+1)=O(B3ρ)O(\ell/D+1)=O(B^{3\rho}) connected traversal blocks of diameter at most DD, as in the earlier construction. Assign each prime edge to a block containing that edge and its witness to a block containing that vertex. One ordered pair serves ≫B1−8ρ\gg B^{1-8\rho} primes. No selected prime edge has an endpoint in the second block: its corresponding witness lies there, so that would put it at distance at most DD. Consequently paths inside the second block contain no selected prime label.

Root the two blocks at c1,c2c_1,c_2. In block 1 let xp1x_p^1 be the nearer endpoint of the prime edge; in block 2 let xp2x_p^2 be its witness. The first local path avoids pp. If it contains a selected prime qq, the nearer endpoint of the qq-edge is a strict ancestor of xp1x_p^1. Thus the tests (14.3), after specifying the common root offset, are triangular in the depths of the first-block endpoints. The second local paths introduce no selected variables. Each tested displacement is nonzero because its witness differs from the chosen edge endpoint. Since 1−8ρ=3/5>2ϵ1-8\rho=3/5>2\epsilon, there are more than enough tests for Lemma 13.7. All choices of witnesses, blocks, roots, and paths fit its description bound. □

Proof of Proposition 14.1. Define RdR_d by retaining the conditions obtained in Lemmas 14.3, 14.5 and 14.6. Every activity and occurrence status of a fixed label is determined by nFn_{\mathcal F}; fixed forbidden qualifications use only those coordinates; corruption uses only numerical offsets. Covers and witnesses can be chosen by fixed finite ordering whenever they exist. Thus RdR_d depends on no free center residue.

The zero exclusions vanish with Kd∏j1YK_d\prod_j 1_Y. The other excluded classes have the stated absolute contribution by the three lemmas, yielding (14.2). Their proofs used precisely the majorants of Lemmas 13.6 and 13.7, which allow up to 2t02t_0 attached specifications. Their retained tests depend only on the numerical line and fixed residues, and are unchanged when qualification indicators are added. This proves the additional assertion as well. □

We may therefore impose the retained predicate before estimating the remaining conditional averages. This preserves the residue coordinates of singleton center labels. The next section deals with the remaining dependence of the factors 1Y1_Y on those coordinates by expanding them into short lists of qualification conditions.

A conditional cylinder sieve

The restrictions n+bj∈Yn+b_j\in Y still involve the residue coordinates outside the fixed set F\mathcal F. We replace their product by a sum of conditions from short lists of primitive specifications. In each term the remaining coordinates are averaged before taking an absolute value; this preserves the cancellation needed in the trace estimate. The error will contain many specifications with distinct private prime coordinates, which supply enough arithmetic constraints to apply Lemma 13.7.

The intersection rank and the extraction of constraints from its witnesses adapt Pilatte’s construction [16] [Definition 13.3 and Lemmas 13.4 and 13.6]. The associated truncation belongs to the composite-modulus sieve developed in [10] [Section 3] and [16] [Appendix B]. We prove the finite-cylinder statement and its application here, including the effect of conditioning.

Truncating an intersection poset

Let Ω=∏p∈PΩp\Omega= \prod_{p \in P} \Omega_p be a finite product, with ∣Ωp∣≥2|\Omega_p| \ge2 for every pp. An exact cylinder specifies one value at each coordinate in a subset of PP and imposes no condition at the other coordinates. Its support is the set of specified coordinates, and its width is the size of that support.

Let E\mathcal{E} be a finite family of proper, nonempty exact cylinders. Identify duplicate cylinders. Let P\mathcal{P} consist of the nonempty intersections of subfamilies of E\mathcal{E}, including the empty-family intersection 0^=Ω\hat{0} = \Omega. Order P\mathcal{P} by reverse inclusion: I≤JI \le J means I⊇JI \supseteq J. For I∈PI \in\mathcal{P}, define

rk⁡(I)=max⁡{∣A∣:A⊆{E∈E:I⊆E}, each E∈A has a support coordinate absent from every other member of A}.(104)\operatorname{rk}(I) = \max\left\{ |\mathcal{A}| : \mathcal{A} \subseteq\{E \in\mathcal{E} : I \subseteq E\},\ \text{each } E \in\mathcal{A} \text{ has a support coordinate absent from every other member of } \mathcal{A} \right\}. \tag*{(104)}

The empty family is allowed in this maximum. A coordinate as in (104) is called private to its member of A\mathcal{A}. All events in such a family have compatible prescribed values because they contain the nonempty intersection II.

Write μ(0^,I)\mu(\hat{0}, I) for the Möbius coefficients of this finite poset, characterized by

∑I≤Jμ(0^,I)=1J=0^.\sum_{I \le J} \mu(\hat{0}, I) = \mathbf{1}_{J=\hat{0}}.

Their role is inclusion–exclusion with equal intersections collected into one term. This is Möbius inversion in the incidence algebra of a finite poset; see [18] [Section 3]. The chain expansion used below is the one in [18] [Section 3, Proposition 6].

Lemma 15.1 (Finite-cylinder truncation). Suppose that the cylinders in E\mathcal{E} have width at most w≥1w \ge1. For an integer t≥1t \ge1, put M=twM = tw, and let

Ht={J∈P:rk⁡(J)≥t, J is generated by at most t members of E}.\mathcal{H}_t = \{J \in\mathcal{P} : \operatorname{rk}(J) \ge t,\ J \text{ is generated by at most } t \text{ members of } \mathcal{E}\}.

Then the rank is nondecreasing on P\mathcal{P}, every I∈PI \in\mathcal{P} is generated by at most rk⁡(I)\operatorname{rk}(I) events, and

∣supp⁡(I)∣≤wrk⁡(I).|\operatorname{supp}(I)| \le w\operatorname{rk}(I).

For every x∈Ωx \in\Omega,

∣1x∉⋃E∈EE−∑rk⁡(I)<tμ(0^,I)1I(x)∣≤2Mmax⁡(1,MM+1)∑J∈Ht1J(x).(105)\left|\mathbf{1}_{x \notin\bigcup_{E \in\mathcal{E}} E} - \sum_{\operatorname{rk}(I)<t} \mu(\hat{0}, I)\mathbf{1}_I(x)\right| \le2^M \max(1,M^{M+1}) \sum_{J \in\mathcal{H}_t} \mathbf{1}_J(x). \tag*{(105)}

Every coefficient retained in the sum on the left has absolute value at most max⁡(1,MM+1)\max(1,M^{M+1}). Every intersection on the right has width at most MM, even if its rank is greater than tt.

Proof. If I≤JI \le J, every event containing II also contains JJ. Thus every family admitted for the maximum defining rk⁡(I)\operatorname{rk}(I) is admitted for rk⁡(J)\operatorname{rk}(J), proving monotonicity. Choose an inclusion-minimal family generating II. Each member must have a private coordinate: otherwise all its prescribed values already follow from the other members, since the prescriptions are compatible, and it can be removed. Its size is therefore at most rk⁡(I)\operatorname{rk}(I), proving (15.2) as well.

Fix J∈PJ \in\mathcal{P} and let m=∣supp⁡(J)∣m = |\operatorname{supp}(J)|. An element of the interval [0^,J][\widehat{0}, J] is determined by its support: its values must be the corresponding restrictions of those prescribed by JJ. Consequently this interval has at most 2m2^m elements. Along a strict chain from 0^\widehat{0} to JJ, supports grow strictly, so there are at most mm steps. A chain of kk steps is specified by recording, for each coordinate of supp⁡(J)\operatorname{supp}(J), the step at which it enters. There are at most kmk^m such chains. Expanding the inverse of the poset’s upper triangular incidence matrix, or applying the Möbius recursion repeatedly, gives the alternating sum over these chains. Thus, for m≥1m \ge1,

∣μ(0^,J)∣≤∑k=1mkm≤mm+1;(106)|\mu(\widehat{0},J)| \le\sum_{k=1}^{m} k^m \le m^{m+1}; \tag*{(106)}

the coefficient at 0^\widehat{0} is 1. This proves the asserted coefficient bound for intersections of rank below tt.

For x∈Ωx \in\Omega, let JxJ_x be the intersection of all events satisfied at xx, with Jx=0^J_x = \widehat{0} if none are satisfied. An intersection I∈PI \in\mathcal{P} contains xx if and only if I≤JxI \le J_x. Indeed any family generating II then consists of events satisfied at xx. It follows that

∑I∈Pμ(0^,I)1I(x)=∑I≤Jxμ(0^,I)=1Jx=0^.(107)\sum_{I \in\mathcal{P}} \mu(\widehat{0},I)1_I(x) = \sum_{I \le J_x} \mu(\widehat{0},I) = 1_{J_x=\widehat{0}}. \tag*{(107)}

Since no forbidden event is the whole space, the last expression is precisely the avoidance indicator in (15.3).

If rk⁡(Jx)<t\operatorname{rk}(J_x) < t, monotonicity shows that the truncated sum contains the entire interval [0^,Jx][\widehat{0},J_x], so it is exact. Suppose instead that rk⁡(Jx)≥t\operatorname{rk}(J_x) \ge t. Given any I≤JxI \le J_x of rank below tt, successively intersect it with events satisfied at xx until reaching JxJ_x. Let KK be the first intersection whose rank is at least tt, and let K−K^- be its immediate predecessor. Replace the generating family for K−K^- by an inclusion-minimal one. It has at most t−1t-1 members. Adjoining the event that produces KK shows that KK is generated by at most tt events. Thus

I≤K≤Jx,K∈Ht,∣supp⁡(K)∣≤M.I \le K \le J_x,\qquad K \in\mathcal{H}_t,\qquad|\operatorname{supp}(K)| \le M.

This argument allows the rank to jump by more than one. The re-minimization of the predecessor, rather than the length of the successive list, bounds the number of generators.

Every satisfied low-rank II is therefore below a satisfied member of Ht\mathcal{H}_t. For any one such member there are at most 2M2^M possible predecessors II, by the interval bound already proved. The exact avoidance indicator is zero in the present case. Bounding each retained coefficient by (15.4) now gives (15.3).

Applying the truncation after conditioning

Return to a fixed numerical line d\boldsymbol{d}. Its fixed prime set F\mathcal{F} consists of its core labels and its repeated labels, as in Section 14. In particular, core primes absent from the line are not added to F\mathcal{F}. Write Rd(nF)R_d(n_{\mathcal{F}}) for the indicator of the conditions retained in Proposition 14.1.

Condition on nFn_{\mathcal{F}} with Rd=1R_d=1. At every n+bjn+b_j, take the primitive forbidden specifications compatible with these fixed residues. Omit their fixed-coordinate tests, leaving exact cylinders on the coordinates S∖F\mathcal{S}\setminus\mathcal{F}. Each has width at most LJ+1LJ+1. There is no whole-space event: such an event would be a qualifying primitive specification using only fixed primes, excluded by the retained conditions. Avoiding these residual events is exactly the condition n+bj∈Yn+b_j\in Y for every jj.

For a list L\mathcal{L} of primitive specifications attached at line indices 0,…,ℓ0,\ldots,\ell, let IL(n)I_{\mathcal{L}}(n) be the indicator that all its specifications qualify, including their fixed-coordinate tests. The empty list has indicator 1. Let L<t0(d)\mathcal{L}_{<t_0}(d) denote all ordered such lists of length less than t0t_0. These are finite families at the fixed graph parameters. We will use the bound

M0=t0(LJ+1)=O(B1−ρ+4εlog⁡B),M0log⁡B=o(B).(108)M_0=t_0(L_J+1)=O(B^{1-\rho+4\varepsilon}\log B),\qquad M_0\log B=o(B). \tag*{(108)}

In particular, the coefficient and error factors in Lemma 15.1 are exp⁡(O(M0log⁡B))\exp(O(M_0\log B)).

A low-rank intersection is generated by fewer than t0t_0 residual events. Choose one realizing primitive specification for each event. The conjunction of their full qualification indicators equals the intersection indicator at the conditioned residues. Different intersections cannot have the same chosen generating list, since that list determines its intersection. We may therefore bound their sum by the sum over L<t0(d)\mathcal{L}_{<t_0}(d) without a multiplicity loss.

For an intersection in Ht0\mathcal{H}_{t_0}, choose at most t0t_0 generating events and exactly t0t_0 events witnessing its rank. The latter may be selected from a larger irredundant family; deleting other members preserves their private coordinates. The witnessing events contain the intersection. Consequently adjoining them to the generating list leaves its indicator unchanged. After choosing realizing primitive specifications, each witness has a prime outside F\mathcal{F} that occurs in none of the other witness specifications. These choices may depend on nFn_{\mathcal{F}}, which is harmless: the preceding assertions and the uniform coefficient bounds apply pointwise at each fixed-coordinate assignment.

We have thus reduced the truncation error to jointly qualifying lists of at most 2t02t_0 specifications, including t0t_0 witnesses with private primes outside F\mathcal{F}. The next lemma shows that these error lists impose many triangular constraints on their numerical prime labels.

Lemma 15.2 (Constraints from private primes). Let dd be a numerical closed line, and let F\mathcal{F} contain its core prime labels and all labels occurring at least twice on the line. Suppose t0t_0 primitive specifications attached at line vertices qualify simultaneously. Suppose that each has a prime outside F\mathcal{F} absent from every other specification in this family. For sufficiently large BB, their numerical labels satisfy a triangular system on at least B2εB^{2\varepsilon} distinct selected prime variables of the kind in Lemma 13.7. Each constraint uses one intrinsic suffix displacement, or the difference of two witness prefixes and a line segment. Its nonzero expressions have logarithmic size O(Blog⁡B)O(B\log B) even when numerical label-size restrictions are dropped.

Proof. Order the witnesses by nondecreasing attachment indices k1,…,kt0k_1,\ldots,k_{t_0}; break ties arbitrarily. For witness jj, choose a private prime qj∉Fq_j\notin\mathcal{F}, write pjp_j for its extra prime, and choose a tail prime rjr_j as in Lemma 13.5. Thus rjr_j occurs only in its final constant block. That lemma supplies two coefficient facts:

  • (i) the intrinsic suffix displacement divisible by pjp_j is linear in a tail-only prime, with coefficient nonzero modulo pjp_j;

  • (ii) if a prime occurs before the constant tail, its coefficient in the prefix displacement immediately preceding that tail is nonzero modulo rjr_j.

All private primes qjq_j are distinct. Each occurs at most once as a label on the original line, because it is outside F\mathcal{F}. We divide into three cases to control every dependence on another selected variable.

Private primes in intrinsic suffix constraints. Suppose at least t0/10t_0/10 witnesses have qj=pjq_j=p_j or have qjq_j occurring only in the constant tail. In the first situation qjq_j divides the intrinsic suffix displacement, which is nonzero by simplicity and does not involve qjq_j. In the second situation use that suffix constraint as a linear congruence in qjq_j modulo pjp_j; its coefficient is nonzero by (i). The private-prime property excludes every other selected qq from the witness, including from its modulus. These constraints have no dependencies on the other selected variables and hence form a triangular system.

Tail primes first or last appearing among the witnesses. Suppose at least t0/10t_0/10 witnesses have rjr_j absent from every earlier witness. Select these tail primes in increasing witness order. They are distinct: equality between two would make the latter prime occur in an earlier witness. Use the intrinsic suffix congruence for each selected rjr_j. No later selected tail prime occurs in this witness, by its defining absence property. This also excludes later selected variables from the modulus pjp_j. Thus each constraint uses only its own variable, earlier selected variables, and nonselected variables, and its coefficient is nonzero modulo pjp_j by (i). If instead at least t0/10t_0/10 witnesses have rjr_j absent from every later witness, the same argument in decreasing witness order applies.

Comparing two activities of a shared tail prime. If none of these cases applies, fewer than 3t0/103t_0/10 witnesses have been excluded by their three respective conditions. Retain at least t0/2t_0/2 witnesses for which qjq_j occurs before the tail and rjr_j appears in both an earlier and a later witness. Since qjq_j occurs at most once on the original line, it is absent either from all steps 1,…,kj1,\ldots,k_j or from all steps kj+1,…,ℓk_j+1,\ldots,\ell. At least t0/4t_0/4 of the retained witnesses satisfy the same one of these two absence conditions.

First consider the family absent from steps 1,…,kj1,\ldots,k_j, ordered increasingly by attachment index. For its witness jj, choose an earlier witness i=i(j)i=i(j) using rjr_j. In witness ii, choose a vertex at which rjr_j is active: its starting vertex if rjr_j is its extra prime, or the origin of an edge carrying rjr_j otherwise. Let TiT_i be this vertex’s offset relative to that witness’s start. Let PjP_j be the prefix displacement of witness jj immediately preceding its constant tail. Joint qualification implies

bkj−bki+Pj−Ti≡0(modrj).b_{k_j}-b_{k_i}+P_j-T_i\equiv0 \pmod{r_j}.

The coefficient of qjq_j in this congruence is exactly its coefficient in PjP_j: privateness excludes it from witness ii, and the selected absence condition excludes it from the line segment between kik_i and kjk_j. This coefficient is nonzero modulo rjr_j by (ii).

Now take a later selected private variable qsq_s. It occurs in neither witness ii nor witness jj, by privateness. Moreover ks≥kjk_s\ge k_j, and its own absence condition excludes it from every line step through ksk_s, hence from the segment in (15.7). Thus no later selected variable occurs in that congruence. The modulus rjr_j is not any selected private prime: it differs from qjq_j because qjq_j occurs before the tail, and it differs from all other qsq_s by privateness. This proves triangularity in increasing order. Equal attachment indices merely make the corresponding line segment empty.

For the family absent from steps after kjk_j, order the witnesses decreasingly and compare witness jj to a later witness containing rjr_j. (15.7) has the same form, now with its line segment after kjk_j. A later selected variable in this decreasing order has attachment ks≤kjk_s\le k_j and is absent from all steps after ksk_s, so it is absent from that segment. Privateness excludes it from the two witness prefixes. Fact (ii) again supplies the nonzero coefficient. This gives a triangular system in decreasing order. The attained comparison displacement may equal zero; that causes no difficulty, since we use an invertible linear congruence, not a divisibility constraint with the selected prime as modulus.

Every case provides at least t0/20t_0/20 selected variables for sufficiently large BB, allowing for integer parts. This is greater than B2εB^{2\varepsilon}. Each label is a squarefree product of at most JJ primes at most eBe^B, so its logarithm is at most BJ=O(Blog⁡B)BJ=O(B\log B) even without the divisor-bin restrictions. A suffix or a comparison above uses O(ℓ+L)O(\ell+L) such terms. Every nonzero expression consequently has logarithmic size O(Blog⁡B)O(B\log B). The constraint choices are specified by witness and line positions and prime slots, within the enumeration allowed in Lemma 13.7. All its hypotheses are now verified.

Proposition 15.3 (Reduction to short qualification lists). For the retained line and fixed-coordinate data of Proposition 14.1, there is a factor EB=exp⁡(O(M0log⁡B))\mathcal{E}_B=\exp(O(M_0\log B)) such that

∑dEF[Rd∣ES∖FKd(n)∏j=0ℓ1Y(n+bj)∣]≤EB∑dEF[Rd∑L∈L<t0(d)∣ES∖FKd(n)IL(n)∣]+O(e−B1+ε/2).(109)\sum_d \mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{F}}\left[R_d\left|\mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{S}\setminus\mathcal{F}}K_d(n)\prod_{j=0}^{\ell}\mathbf{1}_{Y}(n+b_j)\right|\right] \leq\mathcal{E}_B\sum_d\mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{F}}\left[R_d\sum_{\mathcal{L}\in\mathcal{L}_{<t_0(d)}}\left|\mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{S}\setminus\mathcal{F}}K_d(n)I_{\mathcal{L}}(n)\right|\right]+O\left(e^{-B^{1+\varepsilon/2}}\right). \tag*{(109)}

Here each sum runs over numerical closed lines, F\mathcal{F} is the fixed prime set of that line, and every list indicator imposes full qualification of its specifications.

Proof. At fixed dd, nFn_{\mathcal{F}} with Rd=1R_d=1, apply Lemma 15.1 to the residual cylinders with t=t0t=t_0 and w=LJ+1w=LJ+1. Multiply the identity with its pointwise error bound by KdK_d and integrate the residual coordinates. For the low-rank sum, take the absolute value after each such integral and use the generating lists already constructed. The coefficient bound gives the main term on the right of (15.8).

For the error, take the absolute value of KdK_d inside the integral and use the generating and witnessing lists described above. After integrating the fixed coordinates, their indicators require joint qualification of at most 2t02t_0 specifications, including the t0t_0 witnesses with private primes outside F\mathcal{F}. We may drop the retained-data restriction in this positive bound. Lemma 15.2 supplies at least B2εB^{2\varepsilon} triangular constraints for each nonzero contribution.

Refine the error count by the lit or unlit status of every line occurrence. Joint qualification fixes one residue for each distinct prime used by the specifications, or is inconsistent and contributes zero. For each refinement, Lemma 13.6 gives AℓJ∏pp−1A^{\ell J}\prod_p p^{-1}, with the product over distinct prime labels, rather than charging a shared residue repeatedly. The line and lists have at most

ℓJ+2t0(LJ+1)=O(Blog⁡B)\ell J+2t_0(LJ+1)=O(B\log B)

prime slots. Their equality patterns, occurrence statuses and all choices of witness constraints have cost exp⁡(O(Blog⁡2B))\exp(O(B\log^2 B)). These are exactly the positive majorant and description budget required by Lemma 13.7. Its reverse elimination applies to the system just supplied by Lemma 15.2 and gives O(e−B1+ε/2)O(e^{-B^{1+\varepsilon/2}}). The additional factor EB\mathcal{E}_B is absorbed by the same estimate, since (15.6) gives log⁡EB=o(B)\log\mathcal{E}_B=o(B) whereas the saving before this final simplification is exp⁡(−Ω(B1+ε))\exp(-\Omega(B^{1+\varepsilon})). This proves the proposition.

The reduction has preserved a signed average at the unfixed coordinates. For its use in the next section, it is useful to distinguish C′=C∖F\mathcal{C}'=\mathcal{C}\setminus\mathcal{F} and Z′=Z∖F\mathcal{Z}'=\mathcal{Z}\setminus\mathcal{F}. For each list,

∣ES∖FKdIL∣≤EC′∣EZ′KdIL∣.(110)\left|\mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{S}\setminus\mathcal{F}}K_dI_{\mathcal{L}}\right| \leq\mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{C}'}\left|\mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{Z}'}K_dI_{\mathcal{L}}\right|. \tag*{(110)}

This is only Fubini’s theorem and the triangle inequality. In the inner average all core coordinates are held fixed, so the cutoffs are fixed there; the free center coordinates still retain their signs. The core coordinates can subsequently be integrated against positive bounds. In particular, (110) does not enlarge F\mathcal{F} or change the private-coordinate rank used in the sieve.

Summing the trace

We now prove the high-trace estimate. The input from Proposition 14.1 is a description of the activities of the fixed primes on the first-visit tree. The input from Proposition 15.3 replaces vertex deletion by short lists of qualifying primitive specifications. The remaining task is to sum the resulting conditional averages without losing a constant for every prime occurrence. An exact identity for weighted subtrees makes this possible.

We retain the notation T\mathcal{T}, b(v)b(v) and r∗r_* for the first-visit tree, its integer offsets and the number of returns. In this section a subtree is a connected subgraph of T\mathcal{T}; its top is its vertex nearest the root. Put

s(v)=#{children of v},M0=t0(LJ+1),Nexc=B1−ρ/2.s(v)=\#\{\text{children of }v\}, \qquad M_0=t_0(LJ+1), \qquad N_{\mathrm{exc}}=B^{1-\rho/2}.

We call a tree edge u⟶vu\longrightarrow v good if s(u)=s(v)=1s(u)=s(v)=1, uu is not the root, and neither endpoint belongs to any return step. Write G\mathcal{G} for the set of good edges. These conditions ensure that an uncorrupted prime occurring just on such an edge has exactly two normalization factors on its lit residue.

For all but a small exceptional set of good edges, we will obtain the factor B−1+ηB^{-1+\eta} from a core-prime restriction to the divisor interval, or a stronger penalty from a core cutoff. Returns receive a cutoff penalty as well. Signed center-prime averages provide the further saving needed in the high-trace estimate. The weighted-subtree identity below will let us sum the prime labels without losing these gains.

Tree geometry and weighted subtrees

Lemma 16.1. For a closed line of length ℓ\ell with r∗r_* returns, the topology of first visits and returns, together with all step signs, has at most 4ℓ(ℓ+1)r∗4^{\ell}(\ell+1)^{r_*} possibilities. Its tree satisfies

∣E(T)∖G∣≤10(r∗+1),ℓ=∣E(T)∣+r∗.(111)|E(\mathcal{T})\setminus\mathcal{G}|\le10(r_*+1), \qquad\ell=|E(\mathcal{T})|+r_*. \tag*{(111)}

Once the labels of the tree edges and this topology are specified, every return label is determined.

Proof. At each step record whether its destination is new and record its sign. At each return record one of at most ℓ+1\ell+1 previously visited vertices. These data give the stated bound. A tree-edge label and its sign specify the difference of its endpoint offsets; all offsets are consequently determined, and a return label must be the absolute endpoint difference divided by hh. We retain only assignments for which the abstract vertices have distinct offsets and all these return labels belong to D\mathcal{D}. There is no independent choice of a return label.

Let qq be the number of leaves and bb the number of vertices with at least two children. The adding steps occur in at most r∗+1r_*+1 runs, each a downward path, so q≤r∗+1q\le r_*+1. Also b≤q−1b\le q-1 and

∑s(v)≥2s(v)=q+b−1.\sum_{s(v)\ge2}s(v)=q+b-1.

The number of edges incident with a leaf or such a branch vertex is therefore at most 4q4q. There are at most 2r∗2r_* endpoints of return steps. An endpoint that has not already been counted is unary and is incident with at most two tree edges, giving at most 4r∗4r_\ast further edges. The root adds at most one edge unless it was already counted as a branch vertex. These bounds imply (111).

For a∈{C,Z}a \in\{C,Z\} and a subtree QQ with at least one edge define

ua(Q)=Aa∣E(Q)∣∏v∈V(Q)βas(v),Sa(T)=∑v∈V(T)(1−βas(v)).(112)u_a(Q)=A_a^{|E(Q)|}\prod_{v\in V(Q)}\beta_a^{s(v)},\qquad S_a(\mathcal{T})=\sum_{v\in V(\mathcal{T})}(1-\beta_a^{s(v)}). \tag*{(112)}

The degrees in this definition are those of the full tree.

Lemma 16.2. For every finite rooted tree and every Aa>0A_a>0 with βa=(1+Aa)−1\beta_a=(1+A_a)^{-1},

∑Q:∣E(Q)∣≥1ua(Q)=Sa(T)≤∣V(T)∣.(113)\sum_{Q:|E(Q)|\ge1}u_a(Q)=S_a(\mathcal{T})\le|V(\mathcal{T})|. \tag*{(113)}

Proof. Start at a prescribed vertex vv. At every reached vertex include each child edge independently with probability AaβaA_a\beta_a and exclude it with probability βa\beta_a. The resulting connected subtree has top vv. A particular outcome QQ has probability

(Aaβa)∣E(Q)∣βa∑w∈V(Q)s(w)−∣E(Q)∣=ua(Q).(A_a\beta_a)^{|E(Q)|}\beta_a^{\sum_{w\in V(Q)}s(w)-|E(Q)|}=u_a(Q).

The outcome with no edges has probability βas(v)\beta_a^{s(v)}. Sum the other probabilities, then sum over the possible tops vv.

The exact sum in (113) will cancel the background exponential in the primewise estimate below. To retain the additional center-prime saving, we also use modified weights. These anticipate the primewise bounds proved in Lemma 16.4: the reduction on a single good edge comes from a signed average, while the increase on other single edges permits an absolute bound. Set u~C=uC\widetilde u_C=u_C. In the center band keep u~Z(Q)=uZ(Q)\widetilde u_Z(Q)=u_Z(Q) unless QQ consists of one edge; for a single good edge set u~Z(Q)=θ/2\widetilde u_Z(Q)=\theta/2, and for a single nongood edge set u~Z(Q)=uZ(Q)+θ\widetilde u_Z(Q)=u_Z(Q)+\theta. Since both endpoint degrees of a good edge are one, its original weight is βZ2=θ\beta_Z^2=\theta. Thus

∑Qu~Z(Q)−SZ(T)=−θ2∣G∣+θ∣E(T)∖G∣.(114)\sum_Q\widetilde u_Z(Q)-S_Z(\mathcal{T})=-\frac{\theta}{2}|G|+\theta|E(\mathcal{T})\setminus G|. \tag*{(114)}

Recording prime labels

Fix a retained line and a list L\mathcal{L} of fewer than t0t_0 primitive specifications attached at its vertices, as supplied by Proposition 15.3. Write ILI_{\mathcal{L}} for their joint qualification indicator. Recall that a tree prime occurs in a tree-edge label. As before, the fixed label set F\mathcal{F} consists of the core primes occurring on the line and all primes occurring at least twice on the line. A fixed prime is active at vv when p∣n+b(v)p\mid n+b(v). Active components include isolated vertices.

Tag a tree prime if it satisfies at least one of the following conditions:

  • (i) it occurs among the primes of L\mathcal{L};

  • (ii) it is fixed and has several active components, or has an unlit occurrence anywhere on the line;

  • (iii) it is nonfixed and corrupted in the sense of Proposition 14.1.

These decisions depend only on the line, the list and the fixed coordinates nFn_F.

We record tree labels by the following finite data, called tokens. For a tagged fixed prime, record one subtree token for each active component having an edge, and one single-edge token for each unlit tree occurrence. The latter is called a ghost token and is assigned weight 2. A subtree token of band aa and shape QQ has weight ua(Q)u_a(Q). For a tagged nonfixed prime, record its sole tree occurrence by a ghost token. Tokens belonging to the same tagged prime are grouped together, and the group is assigned that prime value.

Every untagged tree prime receives a single token. If it is fixed, its active set is connected and all its occurrences are lit; the token is the subtree formed by its tree occurrences. If it is nonfixed, its token is its single tree edge. An untagged token of band aa and shape QQ has weight u~a(Q)\widetilde{u}_a(Q). List prime slots, including the extra modulus prime of each specification, are recorded along with their equalities to each other and to tagged groups. An untagged prime occurs in no such group or slot.

Lemma 16.3. For retained data, these records have the following properties.

(i) They recover every tree-edge label. Together with the topology and the list data they consequently recover the full line and list.

(ii) The total number of tagged tokens and list prime slots is at most NexcN_{\mathrm{exc}}, for sufficiently large BB.

(iii) An untagged fixed center prime cannot have a single good edge as its token.

Proof. If adjacent vertices are active for pp, their difference ±hd\pm hd is divisible by pp. Since p∤hp \nmid h, the intervening label contains pp. Conversely, a lit occurrence has both endpoints active. Thus the nontrivial active components record exactly the lit tree occurrences. Ghosts record the other occurrences; isolated active vertices create no label. Multiplying the distinct prime values of the tokens covering an edge recovers its label, proving (i).

By Proposition 14.1, the fixed primes with several active components contribute O(B1−2ρBρ)=O(B1−ρ)O(B^{1-2\rho}B^\rho)=O(B^{1-\rho}) subtree tokens. Unlit fixed occurrences contribute O(t0)O(t_0) ghosts and at most that many newly tagged connected labels. Corrupted nonfixed primes contribute O(B1−2ρ)O(B^{1-2\rho}) ghosts. Lists contribute O(M0)O(M_0) slots and at most one new token per newly tagged connected tree prime: disconnected primes and primes with unlit occurrences have already been counted. Since

M0=O(B1−ρ+4εlog⁡B),1−ρ+4ε<1−ρ/2,M_0=O(B^{1-\rho+4\varepsilon}\log B), \qquad1-\rho+4\varepsilon<1-\rho/2,

the sum of these bounds is at most NexcN_{\mathrm{exc}} eventually.

For (iii), such a prime is repeated on the line and all its occurrences are lit. If its tree token consists of a single edge, its connected active set contains only the two endpoints of that edge. A further occurrence cannot be another tree edge, and hence must be a return touching these endpoints. This contradicts goodness. An active return endpoint elsewhere would give another active component and would have tagged the prime. ∎

We will use the divisor interval at a good edge by restricting the prime value of an untagged core token whose top is its origin. First set aside the tagged core tops: skip every good edge whose origin is the top of a tagged core subtree token. At most NexcN_{\mathrm{exc}} edges are skipped. Among the remaining good edges, let U\mathcal{U} be the set of origins at which no untagged core token has its top. Thus no core subtree token has top u∈Uu \in\mathcal{U}, and s(u)=1s(u)=1. At these origins we will use a cutoff penalty instead. The next estimate retains this penalty; the subsequent sum over prime assignments will use the divisor interval at the other non-skipped good origins.

For a fixed numerical line and list, group the retained fixed-coordinate configurations according to their complete assigned token records. Within a group the token shapes, prime values and groupings are fixed; unrecorded isolated activities may still vary. Order components and tokens by any deterministic rule, so that these groups form a partition, rather than a choice of representations for each residue configuration. We next bound the integral of each such group. This is the point at which the normalization of the graph produces cancellation.

Primewise integration

For an assigned record RR, let 1R(nF)\mathbf{1}_R(n_{\mathcal{F}}) denote its group indicator. Its contribution to the conditional expression is

I(R)=EF[1R∣ES∖FKd(n)IL(n)∣].\mathcal{I}(R)=\mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{F}}\left[\mathbf{1}_R\left|\mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{S}\setminus\mathcal{F}}K_d(n)I_{\mathcal{L}}(n)\right|\right].

Empty or incompatible groups have contribution zero. Products over tagged tokens below use the weights just defined, including weight 2 for ghosts.

Lemma 16.4. Uniformly over retained lines, lists and assigned records,

I(R)≤exp⁡{o(1)−κ(vC−TvC)(r∗+∣U∣)}×exp⁡{−vCSC(T)−vZSZ(T)+vCβC(eκ−1)∣U∣}×∏p distinctp in tree or list1p∏tagged tokensweight∏untagged tokens(a,Q)u~a(Q).(115)\begin{aligned} \mathcal{I}(R) &\le\exp\{o(1)-\kappa(v_C-T\sqrt{v_C})(r_\ast+|\mathcal{U}|)\}\\ &\quad{}\times\exp\{-v_C S_C(\mathcal{T})-v_Z S_Z(\mathcal{T})+v_C\beta_C(e^\kappa-1)|\mathcal{U}|\}\\ &\quad{}\times\prod_{\substack{p\ \mathrm{distinct}\\p\ \mathrm{in\ tree\ or\ list}}}\frac{1}{p} \prod_{\mathrm{tagged\ tokens}}\mathrm{weight} \prod_{\substack{\mathrm{untagged\ tokens}\\(a,Q)}}\widetilde{u}_a(Q). \tag*{(115)} \end{aligned}

Primes occurring only on returns need not appear in the product over tree or list primes. The o(1)o(1) tends to zero as BB tends to infinity, uniformly in the line, list and record, with hh, τ\tau, C0C_0, TT and the constants in (10.1) fixed.

Proof. Order of integration. The set F\mathcal{F} does not contain every core prime. Put C′=C∖F\mathcal{C}'=\mathcal{C}\setminus\mathcal{F} and Z′=Z∖F\mathcal{Z}'=\mathcal{Z}\setminus\mathcal{F}. At fixed nFn_{\mathcal{F}} use exactly the inequality

∣EC′EZ′KdIL∣≤EC′∣EZ′KdIL∣.(116)\left|\mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{C}'}\mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{Z}'}K_d I_{\mathcal{L}}\right| \le\mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{C}'}\left|\mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{Z}'}K_d I_{\mathcal{L}}\right|. \tag*{(116)}

In the inner average hold all core coordinates as parameters. The cutoffs can depend on the background core coordinates in C′\mathcal{C}', but never on Z′\mathcal{Z}'. Apart from these cutoffs, the kernel and each compatible list cylinder separate by prime. The inner center-prime averages therefore factor, with their signs intact. We will subsequently use positive majorants in the other coordinates. No enlargement of the fixed set in the cylinder construction is involved.

Charging the cutoffs. Use the origin cutoff at each return step. For each u∈Uu\in\mathcal{U}, use the endpoint cutoff at uu of its incoming tree edge, which exists because a good origin is not the root. These are distinct cutoff occurrences: vertices of U\mathcal{U} touch no return, and an incoming tree edge has a unique child. A charged cutoff with label dd is at most

exp⁡{−κ(vC−TvC)}exp⁡{κ∑p∈Cp∣d1p∣n+b(u)}.\exp\{-\kappa(v_C-T\sqrt{v_C})\}\exp\left\{\kappa\sum_{\substack{p\in\mathcal{C}\\p\mid d}}\mathbf{1}_{p\mid n+b(u)}\right\}.

This inequality holds also off its support. The other cutoff factors are at most one. The constant parts give the first negative term in the exponent of (16.5).

For a return, allocate the normalization at its origin to that return. For a core prime its multiplier is AβCA\beta_C when the prime is in the label and lit, zero when it is in the label and unlit, and at most max⁡(1,βCeκ)=1\max(1,\beta_C e^{\kappa})=1 otherwise. Both AβC<1A\beta_C<1 and βCeκ<1\beta_C e^{\kappa}<1 follow from A=e2κA=e^{2\kappa}. Center-prime return multipliers also have absolute value at most one. These bounds will be used except when integrating a good singleton, where we retain the return factors until its signed average has been taken.

Fixed tree primes. After removing the bounded return factors, the core tree factors for an active component QQ containing an edge are

A∣E(Q)∣∏v∈V(Q)βCs(v)=uC(Q).A^{|E(Q)|}\prod_{v\in V(Q)}\beta_C^{s(v)}=u_C(Q).

At a charged vertex u∈Uu\in\mathcal{U}, activity in such a component either continues through the incoming label, in which case that prime is excluded from this charge, or begins a subtree token at uu, which is excluded by the definition of U\mathcal{U}. Thus an additional eκe^{\kappa} can occur only at an isolated active vertex there. Its normalization is βCs(u)eκ=βCeκ≤1\beta_C^{s(u)}e^{\kappa}=\beta_C e^{\kappa}\le1. Other isolated activities also contribute at most one. The remaining bound is the product of the core subtree weights.

A core tree prime has a lit occurrence. Choose one deterministically from its tokens and retain its activity indicator. This is one specified residue modulo pp and supplies the factor 1/p1/p upon integration. For a fixed center tree prime, the same argument gives the product of its active-subtree weights; lit factors 1−θ/p1-\theta/p are at most one, and ghost occurrences are bounded absolutely. If there is a lit tree occurrence, retain one such residue indicator. If there is none, at least one unlit tree occurrence supplies θ/p≤1/p\theta/p\le1/p directly, without a residue restriction. Ghost weight 22 bounds all the remaining ghost factors. These constructions are positive primewise majorants on the assigned group.

Nonfixed tree primes. A tagged nonfixed tree prime has one occurrence. Its absolute integral is at most 2/p2/p: the lit residue contributes at most 1/p1/p and the other residues at most θ/p\theta/p. If the list fixes its residue, the bound only improves. An untagged nonfixed prime on a nongood edge QQ contributes at most

uZ(Q)p+θp=u~Z(Q)p.\frac{u_Z(Q)}{p}+\frac{\theta}{p}=\frac{\widetilde{u}_Z(Q)}{p}.

Indeed its lit residue includes the normalizations of both endpoints, and any additional activities can only reduce their product.

Now let pp be an untagged nonfixed prime on a good edge Q=(u,v)Q=(u,v). It occurs nowhere else on the line and in no list. On its lit residue, noncorruption says that no other tree vertex is active. Each endpoint has exactly one tree departure and no return incidence. Its entire prime multiplier, including return factors, is therefore exactly

(1−θ/p)βZ2=θ(1−θ/p).(1-\theta/p)\beta_Z^2=\theta(1-\theta/p).

Let a0a_0 be its lit residue, and for a∈Z/pZa\in\mathbb{Z}/p\mathbb{Z} define

νp(a)=#{0≤i<ℓ:a+bi≡0(modp)}.\nu_p(a)=\#\{0\le i<\ell:a+b_i\equiv0\pmod p\}.

This counts departures with multiplicity, including return departures. We have νp(a0)=2\nu_p(a_0)=2. On every other residue the entire prime multiplier is exactly −θβZνp(a)/p-\theta\beta_Z^{\nu_p(a)}/p. Consequently its signed average is exactly

θp(1−θp)−θp2∑a≠a0βZνp(a)=θp2(1−θ+∑a≠a0νp(a)>0(1−βZνp(a))).\begin{aligned} \frac{\theta}{p}\left(1-\frac{\theta}{p}\right)-\frac{\theta}{p^2}\sum_{a\ne a_0}\beta_Z^{\nu_p(a)} &=\frac{\theta}{p^2}\left(1-\theta+\sum_{\substack{a\ne a_0\\ \nu_p(a)>0}}\left(1-\beta_Z^{\nu_p(a)}\right)\right). \end{aligned}

There are at most rp−1r_p-1 terms in the last sum, where rp≤ℓ+1r_p\le\ell+1 is the number of residue classes represented by tree vertices. The displayed quantity is nonnegative and at most

θrpp2≤θ(ℓ+1)p2≤θ2p=u~Z(Q)p\frac{\theta r_p}{p^2}\le\frac{\theta(\ell+1)}{p^2}\le\frac{\theta}{2p}=\frac{\widetilde u_Z(Q)}{p}

for sufficiently large BB. Thus θ=βZ2\theta=\beta_Z^2 cancels the terms of order 1/p1/p before any absolute value is taken. Removing return factors by an absolute estimate before taking this average would not justify the calculation on the no-activity residues; here they have been retained throughout.

List primes and background primes. For a list prime absent from the tree, qualification supplies one specified residue. All other factors, including charged factors, are bounded by one: any activity in the tree is isolated, and at a vertex of U\mathcal U its factor is again βCeκ≤1\beta_C e^{\kappa}\le1. This yields 1/p1/p for that prime.

For any remaining prime, discard return factors by the absolute bounds already proved. The positive tree multiplier is

∏v activeβas(v)exp⁡{κ1a=C#(U∩{v active})}≤1.\prod_{v\ \mathrm{active}}\beta_a^{s(v)}\exp\{\kappa\mathbf{1}_{a=C}\#(\mathcal U\cap\{v\ \mathrm{active}\})\}\le1.

If the tree offsets are pairwise distinct modulo pp, its integral is exactly

1−Sa(T)−1a=CβC(eκ−1)∣U∣p.(117)1-\frac{S_a(\mathcal T)-\mathbf{1}_{a=C}\beta_C(e^\kappa-1)|\mathcal U|}{p}. \tag*{(117)}

For offset collisions we use the bound one. A prime occurring only on a return divides the nonzero difference between that return’s two distinct vertices, so is automatically one of these collision primes. It entails no independently chosen prime slot.

The omitted background primes are tree or list primes, or divide one of the O(ℓ2)O(\ell^2) nonzero differences of size O(ℓH)O(\ell H). There are O(Blog⁡B)O(B\log B) tree and list slots. Since every prime is at least P0P_0 and log⁡(ℓH+2)=O(B+log⁡B)\log(\ell H+2)=O(B+\log B), their reciprocal mass, multiplied by ℓ+1\ell+1, is o(1)o(1), uniformly in the valid assignment. For example each nonzero difference has at most log⁡(O(ℓH)+2)/log⁡P0\log(O(\ell H)+2)/\log P_0 prime divisors from SS. Using 1−x≤e−x1-x\le e^{-x} in (117) and restoring the omitted harmonic masses gives the remaining exponent in (16.5), with an o(1)o(1) error. The numerator in (117) is nonnegative, since at every charged vertex βCeκ≤1\beta_C e^\kappa\le1.

Finally, the grouping does not assert independence of conditioned coordinates. After (16.6) and the signed free-center integrations, use the positive majorants above on the group. Whenever a used-prime probability 1/p1/p is claimed, its chosen activity or list residue indicator is retained. Drop all other group restrictions and integrate the resulting product over the remaining coordinates. This is an enlargement of a nonnegative integral and hence is valid despite any dependencies within the original group. It yields one bound per assigned record, not one bound for each individual fixed-coordinate configuration. Combining the primewise bounds proves the lemma.

Prime assignments, factorials and scale constraints

We have bounded a record by a product of token weights and reciprocal prime values. We now sum these products. The exact subtree identity will cancel their background exponential. We must retain the factorials for equal token types in order for this cancellation to remain exact.

For a fixed topology, record the tagged tokens in an ordered list and record all list metadata: lengths, signs, attachments, suffix choices, band choices, prime-slot sizes and equalities. Apart from the token shapes and prime values themselves, this costs

exp⁡(O(Nexclog⁡B)).(118)\exp(O(N_{\mathrm{exc}}\log B)). \tag*{(118)}

Indeed there are at most NexcN_{\mathrm{exc}} objects and slots; each positional index has at most a fixed power of BB choices, and their equality pattern has at most NexcNexcN_{\mathrm{exc}}^{N_{\mathrm{exc}}} possibilities. Multiple tagged tokens may share a prime, and each resulting group has one prime variable. None of these variables is shared with an untagged token.

For the untagged tokens specify multiplicities ja,Q≥0j_{a,Q} \ge0 for their types (a,Q)(a,Q). The actual prime values of one type form an unordered set of ja,Qj_{a,Q} distinct primes. Replace it temporarily by named slots 1,…,ja,Q1,\ldots,j_{a,Q} and divide the sum by

∏a,Qja,Q!.(119)\prod_{a,Q} j_{a,Q}!. \tag*{(119)}

Every valid prime assignment has exactly this number of named realizations. Permuting values within one type preserves every tree label, hence all return labels, the numerical line and the list. In particular every bin condition is preserved. After obtaining this identity, we may enlarge the nonnegative sum by dropping distinctness and other compatibility conditions. Such an enlargement is a formal sum of the established numerical majorants; it is not an application of Lemma 16.4 to new lines with coincident prime slots.

Lemma 16.5. Fix the topology, token shapes, tagged/list groupings and untagged multiplicities. For every non-skipped good origin u∉Uu \notin\mathcal{U} choose deterministically one named core slot whose token has top uu. When summing prime assignments, the bin conditions on these edges give an extra factor O(B−1+η)O(B^{-1+\eta}) for each chosen slot, while retaining the unrestricted harmonic factor vav_a for every prime variable. Together with the charge exponent and its correction in (16.5), these savings are bounded by

B−100r∗exp⁡(O(ℓ))B−(1−η)(∣G∣−Nexc).(120)B^{-100r_* \exp(O(\ell))}B^{-(1-\eta)(|\mathcal{G}|-N_{\mathrm{exc}})}. \tag*{(120)}

Proof. Choose one eligible type at each origin using any fixed order, and then choose its first named slot. Distinct origins choose different slots. Because s(u)=1s(u)=1, a nontrivial subtree with top uu contains the edge leaving uu.

Fix all other prime values and order the selected slots ancestor-first by their tops. If the token of a selected slot occurs on the edge leaving uu, its top is uu or an ancestor of uu. Thus that edge’s product contains its selected prime and only earlier selected primes. The bin requirement has the form

H<piDi(p1,…,pi−1)≤τH,H < p_iD_i(p_1,\ldots,p_{i-1}) \le\tau H,

where DiD_i is positive and all its other factors have been fixed. The harmonic sum of a core prime in such an interval is O(B−1+η)O(B^{-1+\eta}), uniformly in its position. To see this, write the interval as (x,τx](x,\tau x]. If it meets the core band, then x≥exp⁡(B1−η)/τx \ge\exp(B^{1-\eta})/\tau, and the prime-counting upper bound gives

∑x<p≤τxp∈C1p≤π(τx)x≪τ1log⁡x≪B−1+η.\sum_{\substack{x<p\le\tau x\\p\in\mathcal{C}}}\frac{1}{p} \le\frac{\pi(\tau x)}{x} \ll_{\tau}\frac{1}{\log x} \ll B^{-1+\eta}.

Eliminate the selected variables in reverse ancestor order. Each bound is uniform in the remaining earlier values, so induction gives one such factor per selected slot. Since vC≥1v_C \ge1 for large BB, each bound is also O(B−1+η)vCO(B^{-1+\eta})v_C. All unselected variables keep their unrestricted harmonic sums. This choice of named pivots requires no enumeration of possible pivots, and the bin condition holds for every slot permutation counted in (119).

The charge contribution is

−κ(vC−TvC)r∗−[κ(vC−TvC)−vCβC(eκ−1)]∣U∣.-\kappa(v_C-T\sqrt{v_C})r_*-\left[\kappa(v_C-T\sqrt{v_C})-v_C\beta_C(e^\kappa-1)\right]|\mathcal{U}|.

Both bracketed coefficients exceed 100log⁡B100\log B for large BB: vC=(η+o(1))log⁡Bv_C=(\eta+o(1))\log B, κη=400\kappa\eta=400, and βC(eκ−1)<1\beta_C(e^\kappa-1)<1. Every non-skipped good edge therefore pays either its pivot saving or the stronger factor B−100B^{-100} from its origin in U\mathcal{U}. At most NexcN_{\mathrm{exc}} good edges were skipped. Absorbing the constants for at most ℓ\ell pivots gives (120).

Lemma 16.6. For sufficiently large BB, the total conditional main term supplied by Proposition 15.3, including its exp⁡(O(M0log⁡B))\exp(O(M_0\log B)) prefactor, is at most B−(1+2c∗)ℓB^{-(1+2c_*)\ell}.

Proof. First apply Lemmas 16.4 and 16.5 to valid assigned records. The pivot bound is uniform in the detailed record and may be factored out for each topology.

For the tagged/list groups, unrestricted prime sums cost at most (1+vC+vZ)O(Nexc)(1+v_C+v_Z)^{O(N_{\mathrm{exc}})}. A tagged subtree shape can be summed with its weight using (113), at a cost at most ℓ+1\ell+1; a ghost has at most ℓ\ell possible edges and weight 2. Ignoring compatibility between token shapes increases these positive sums. Thus all these shape costs are (O(ℓ+1))O(Nexc)(O(\ell+1))^{O(N_{\mathrm{exc}})}. Together with (118), the lost skipped-edge savings and the cylinder prefactor, their logarithm is

O(Nexclog⁡B+M0log⁡B)=o(ℓ).(121)O(N_{\mathrm{exc}}\log B+M_0\log B)=o(\ell). \tag*{(121)}

For the untagged tokens, retain (119) and sum over unrestricted multiplicities. Their total is at most

∏a,Q∑j≥0(vau~a(Q))jj!=exp⁡{∑ava∑Qu~a(Q)}.\prod_{a,Q}\sum_{j\geq0}\frac{(v_a\widetilde{u}_a(Q))^j}{j!} =\exp\left\{\sum_a v_a\sum_Q\widetilde{u}_a(Q)\right\}.

These are finite products of positive convergent series. They cancel the unmodified background terms −vCSC(T)−vZSZ(T)-v_CS_C(\mathcal{T})-v_ZS_Z(\mathcal{T}) in (115). By (114), the remaining exponential is

exp⁡{−θ2vZ∣G∣+θvZ∣E(T)∖G∣}≤B−(ε/10)∣G∣+ε∣E(T)∖G∣\exp\left\{-\frac{\theta}{2}v_Z|\mathcal{G}|+\theta v_Z|E(\mathcal{T})\setminus\mathcal{G}|\right\} \leq B^{-(\varepsilon/10)|\mathcal{G}|+\varepsilon|E(\mathcal{T})\setminus\mathcal{G}|}

for large BB, since (θ/2)(ε−η)>ε/10(\theta/2)(\varepsilon-\eta)>\varepsilon/10 and θ(ε−η)<ε\theta(\varepsilon-\eta)<\varepsilon.

It remains to check the numerical margin including the topology count. Write g=∣G∣g=|\mathcal{G}|, b=∣E(T)∖G∣b=|E(\mathcal{T})\setminus\mathcal{G}| and r=r∗r=r_*. Then ℓ=g+b+r\ell=g+b+r and b≤10(r+1)b\leq10(r+1). Set δ=ε/10−η=9η\delta=\varepsilon/10-\eta=9\eta. Combining the preceding bounds, (120) and the count in Lemma 16.1, the negative base-BB exponent is at least

(1+δ)g+(99−o(1))r−εb−o(ℓ).(1+\delta)g+(99-o(1))r-\varepsilon b-o(\ell).

Here 4ℓ4^\ell and the fixed constants per pivot contribute O(ℓ/log⁡B)=o(ℓ)O(\ell/\log B)=o(\ell), and (ℓ+1)r=B(1+o(1))r(\ell+1)^r=B^{(1+o(1))r}. Substitution of g=ℓ−b−rg=\ell-b-r and b≤10(r+1)b\leq10(r+1) gives the lower bound

(1+δ)ℓ+(88−11δ−10ε−o(1))r−10(1+δ+ε)−o(ℓ).(1+\delta)\ell+(88-11\delta-10\varepsilon-o(1))r-10(1+\delta+\varepsilon)-o(\ell).

The coefficient of rr is positive, and δ−2c∗=7η>0\delta-2c_*=7\eta>0. The slack absorbs the fixed last term, the displayed o(ℓ)o(\ell) terms, and the sum over at most ℓ+1\ell+1 possible values of rr. This proves the claimed bound.

Completion of the proof of Theorem 13.3. The density assertion is Lemma 13.4. Apply Proposition 14.1 to split the trace sum into retained and discarded configurations. For the retained part, the triangle inequality bounds the absolute full expectation by EFRd∣ES∖FKd∏j1Y(n+bj)∣\mathbb{E}_{\mathcal{F}}R_d\lvert\mathbb{E}_{S\setminus\mathcal{F}}K_d\prod_j1_Y(n+b_j)\rvert. Now apply Proposition 15.3. Their discarded contributions are O(exp⁡(−B1+ε/2))O(\exp(-B^{1+\varepsilon/2})). The retained conditional main term is bounded by Lemma 16.6. Since ℓ=2⌊B⌋\ell=2\lfloor B\rfloor,

B−(1+2c∗)ℓ+O(exp⁡(−B1+ε/2))≤B−(1+c∗)ℓB^{-(1+2c_*)\ell}+O\left(\exp(-B^{1+\varepsilon/2})\right)\le B^{-(1+c_*)\ell}

for sufficiently large BB. This proves the trace assertion and completes the theorem.

From high traces to the graph estimate

We now prove Proposition 10.1 from Theorem 13.3. The latter controls averages over a finite residue space. The present step converts those averages into a bound for arbitrary test sequences on long intervals, including complex coefficients ada_d.

Choose a power of two D0D_0 with

B10H≤D0<2B10H,B^{10}H\le D_0<2B^{10}H,

and partition the positive integers into blocks Ik={kD0+1,…,(k+1)D0}I_k=\{kD_0+1,\ldots,(k+1)D_0\}, k≥0k\ge0. For large BB, all primes in SS are odd, so gcd⁡(D0,QB)=1\gcd(D_0,Q_B)=1. Let YY be the periodic vertex set from Theorem 13.3. On the coordinates of IkI_k, define the matrix

Mk(x,y)={1Y(x)1Y(y)adgd(x,y)W(x)W(y),y=x+hd,d∈D,0,otherwise.M_k(x,y)= \begin{cases} 1_Y(x)1_Y(y)\frac{a_dg_d(x,y)}{\sqrt{W(x)W(y)}},&y=x+hd,\quad d\in\mathcal{D},\\ 0,&\text{otherwise}. \end{cases}

This is a directed matrix and need not be self-adjoint. We therefore use a moment of its singular values.

Averaging the singular-value moment

Set m=ℓ/2m=\ell/2. With ym=y0y_m=y_0, matrix multiplication gives exactly

Tr⁡((Mk∗Mk)m)=∑y0,…,ym−1∈Ik∑x1,…,xm∈Ik∏j=1mMk(xj,yj−1)‾Mk(xj,yj).(122)\operatorname{Tr}\left((M_k^*M_k)^m\right) =\sum_{y_0,\ldots,y_{m-1}\in I_k}\sum_{x_1,\ldots,x_m\in I_k}\prod_{j=1}^{m}\overline{M_k(x_j,y_{j-1})}M_k(x_j,y_j). \tag*{(122)}

A nonzero term describes the closed line

y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,…,xm,y0,y_0,x_1,y_1,x_2,y_2,\ldots,x_m,y_0,

with alternating negative and positive steps of lengths hdihd_i. Its scalar coefficient is ∏j=1mad2j−1‾ad2j\prod_{j=1}^{m}\overline{a_{d_{2j-1}}}a_{d_{2j}}, of modulus at most one. Symmetry and reality of gdg_d identify its edge numerator with that of KdK_d in (97). For the successive vertices v0,…,vℓ=v0v_0,\ldots,v_\ell=v_0, its denominator satisfies

∏i=1ℓW(vi−1)W(vi)=∏i=0ℓ−1W(vi).\prod_{i=1}^{\ell}\sqrt{W(v_{i-1})W(v_i)}=\prod_{i=0}^{\ell-1}W(v_i).

Repeated vertices are counted with multiplicity in this identity. The indicator factors reduce to ∏i=0ℓ1Y(vi)\prod_{i=0}^{\ell}1_Y(v_i).

Fix the initial position r∈{1,…,D0}r \in\{1,\ldots,D_0\} and write vi=kD0+r+biv_i=kD_0+r+b_i. The block restrictions are precisely 1≤r+bi≤D01 \le r+b_i \le D_0 for all ii; they depend only on rr and the ordered line. As kk runs modulo QBQ_B, the starting point kD0+rkD_0+r is uniform modulo QBQ_B. Averaging (17.1) over this period, and taking absolute values after each line’s residue average, gives

0≤1QB∑k mod QBTr⁡((Mk∗Mk)m)≤D0∑d∣EKd(n)∏i=0ℓ1Y(n+bi)∣≤D0B−(1+c∗)ℓ.(123)\begin{aligned} 0 \le\frac{1}{Q_B}\sum_{k \bmod Q_B}\operatorname{Tr}\left((M_k^*M_k)^m\right) \le D_0\sum_d \left|\mathbb{E}K_d(n)\prod_{i=0}^{\ell}\mathbf{1}_Y(n+b_i)\right| \\ &\le D_0B^{-(1+c_*)\ell}. \tag*{(123)} \end{aligned}

A starting position and its ordered signed line determine all indices in (17.1), so no further multiplicity occurs.

Call a block exceptional if ∥Mk∥>B−1−c∗/2\lVert M_k\rVert> B^{-1-c_*/2}, where the norm is the Euclidean operator norm. Since ∥Mk∥ℓ≤Tr⁡((Mk∗Mk)m)\lVert M_k\rVert^\ell\le\operatorname{Tr}((M_k^*M_k)^m), its fraction δ\delta among one period of blocks satisfies

δ≤D0B−c∗ℓ/2=exp⁡(−Ω(Blog⁡B)).\delta\le D_0B^{-c_*\ell/2}=\exp(-\Omega(B\log B)).

Here log⁡D0≤C0B+10log⁡B+O(1)\log D_0 \le C_0B+10\log B+O(1) and ℓ∼2B\ell\sim2B. The threshold for this estimate may depend on C0C_0.

Discarded edges

We must control the weight on deleted vertices, exceptional blocks and block boundaries before applying the operator norm. A common absolute degree bound handles all three. Dropping cutoffs and extending the sum to every squarefree product of primes in SS gives, separately for either sign,

∑d∈D∣gd(x,x±hd)∣≤∏p∈C(1+A1p∣x)∏p∈Z(1+∣1p∣x−θp∣)≤W(x)eθvZ.(124)\sum_{d\in\mathcal{D}}|g_d(x,x\pm hd)|\le\prod_{p\in\mathcal{C}}(1+A\mathbf{1}_{p\mid x})\prod_{p\in\mathcal{Z}}\left(1+\left|1_{p\mid x}-\frac{\theta}{p}\right|\right)\le W(x)e^{\theta v_{\mathcal{Z}}}. \tag*{(124)}

For p∈Zp\in\mathcal{Z} dividing xx, its factor is 2−θ/p≤22-\theta/p\le2; otherwise it is at most eθ/pe^{\theta/p}. The same bound applies to incoming edges at their terminal vertex, since the residues of both endpoints agree at every prime in their divisor label.

All parameters are now fixed. Periodic averages over the integers equal the corresponding residue averages as X→∞X\to\infty. By Theorem 13.3 and (10.7), the total absolute edge weight incident to YcY^c, divided by XX, has limsup at most

2eθvZE(W1Yc)≤2eθvZ(EW2)1/2P(Yc)1/2≤BOA(1)P0−1/2+o(1).2e^{\theta v_{\mathcal{Z}}}\mathbb{E}(W\mathbf{1}_{Y^c})\le2e^{\theta v_{\mathcal{Z}}}(\mathbb{E}W^2)^{1/2}\mathbb{P}(Y^c)^{1/2}\le B^{O_A(1)}P_0^{-1/2+o(1)}.

The fixed extension of the interval to X+τhHX+\tau hH does not affect this limsup. The last expression is smaller than every fixed negative power of BB.

Let EE be the union of exceptional blocks. It has period D0QBD_0Q_B and density δ\delta. Cauchy–Schwarz over that full period gives

lim⁡X→∞1X∑x≤XW(x)1E(x)≤(EW2)1/2δ1/2.\lim_{X\to\infty}\frac{1}{X}\sum_{x\le X}W(x)\mathbf{1}_E(x)\le(\mathbb{E}W^2)^{1/2}\delta^{1/2}.

There is no independence assertion between the exceptional-block event and the prime residues. By (17.4), the within-block terms in EE cost at most

eθvZ(EW2)1/2δ1/2≤BOA(1)D01/2B−c∗ℓ/4=exp⁡(−Ω(Blog⁡B)).e^{\theta v_{\mathcal{Z}}}(\mathbb{E}W^2)^{1/2}\delta^{1/2}\le B^{O_A(1)}D_0^{1/2}B^{-c_*\ell/4}=\exp(-\Omega(B\log B)).

after normalization by XX and passage to the limsup. A forward edge crossing a block boundary begins in the last ⌈τhH⌉\lceil\tau h H\rceil positions of its block. Position modulo D0D_0 and residue modulo QBQ_B are independent over a full period D0QBD_0Q_B. Consequently the crossing cost is at most

⌈τhH⌉D0L0eθvZ≪hB−10L0eθvZ=o(L0B−1−c∗/2).\frac{\lceil\tau h H\rceil}{D_0}L_0e^{\theta vZ}\ll_h B^{-10}L_0e^{\theta vZ}=o\left(L_0B^{-1-c_*/2}\right).

In the first two estimates we may also compare with this target, since L0≥1L_0\ge1. Thus all three discarded contributions are negligible.

The bilinear estimate

Use the standard complex inner product, conjugate-linear in its first argument, and define

u(x)=F(x)‾W(x)11≤x≤X,v(y)=G(y)W(y)11≤y≤X+τhH.u(x)=\overline{F(x)}\sqrt{W(x)}1_{1\le x\le X},\qquad v(y)=G(y)\sqrt{W(y)}1_{1\le y\le X+\tau hH}.

Then ⟨u∣Ik,Mkv∣Ik⟩\langle u|_{I_k},M_kv|_{I_k}\rangle is exactly the desired unnormalized sum over edges in IkI_k with endpoints in YY. On nonexceptional blocks, Cauchy–Schwarz in the block index yields

∣∑k nonexceptional⟨u∣Ik,Mkv∣Ik⟩∣≤B−1−c∗/2(∑x≤XW(x))1/2(∑y≤X+τhHW(y))1/2=(L0+oX→∞(1))XB−1−c∗/2.\begin{aligned} \left|\sum_{k\ \mathrm{nonexceptional}}\langle u|_{I_k},M_kv|_{I_k}\rangle\right| \le B^{-1-c_*/2}\left(\sum_{x\le X}W(x)\right)^{1/2}\left(\sum_{y\le X+\tau hH}W(y)\right)^{1/2} \\ &=(L_0+o_{X\to\infty}(1))XB^{-1-c_*/2}. \end{aligned}

The source cutoff in uu also handles the last partially used block. Adding back the three negligible edge classes proves Proposition 10.1. This closes the deferred graph input in Section 11, and hence completes the proof of Theorem 1.2.

Progressions and affine forms

Local factors and affine correlations

We now deduce correlations on arbitrary fixed progressions and affine forms from Theorem 1.2. The main point is to handle the primes dividing a progression modulus or a dilation without assuming complete multiplicativity. A finite expansion at these primes will suffice.

Stability and finite local expansions

We first extend Lemma 12.1 to character twists and complex conjugation.

Lemma 18.1 (Character twists and conjugation). Let f,G:N→Df,G:\mathbb{N}\to\mathbb{D} be multiplicative, let ψ\psi be a fixed Dirichlet character, and let SS be a finite set of primes. If G(p)=f(p)ψ(p)G(p)=f(p)\psi(p) for every p∉Sp\notin S, then for every Dirichlet character χ\chi, every real tt, and every X≥2X\ge2,

∣D(G,χnit;X)2−D(f,(χψ‾)nit;X)2∣≤2∑p∈S1p.(125)\left|D(G,\chi n^{it};X)^2-D(f,(\chi\overline{\psi})n^{it};X)^2\right|\le2\sum_{p\in S}\frac{1}{p}. \tag*{(125)}

Thus uniform nonpretentiousness of ff implies that of GG. Complex conjugation also preserves uniform nonpretentiousness.

Proof. The product χ‾ψ\overline{\chi}\psi is a Dirichlet character modulo the least common multiple of the two moduli. At every prime outside SS,

G(p)χ(p)‾pit=f(p)(χψ)(p)‾pit.G(p)\overline{\chi(p)}p^{it}=f(p)\overline{(\chi\psi)(p)}p^{it}.

This identity holds also at primes where a character vanishes. Each prime in SS contributes at most 2/p2/p to the difference of squared distances, proving (18.1). Take the infimum over exactly ∣t∣≤X|t|\le X on both sides of the resulting lower bound. For each fixed χ\chi, the character χ‾ψ\overline{\chi}\psi is fixed, and the bounded error cannot prevent divergence to infinity. For conjugation the exact identity is

D(f‾,χnit;X)2=D(f,χ‾n−it;X)2.D(\overline{f},\chi n^{it};X)^2=D(f,\overline{\chi}n^{-it};X)^2.

The interval ∣t∣≤X|t|\le X is unchanged by t↦−tt\mapsto-t. □

A multiplicative function is either identically zero or has value one at 1: apply multiplicativity to (1,n)(1,n). Zero factors give zero correlations, so in the following local construction we may work with normalized functions. Write vp(m)v_p(m) for the exponent of pp in mm.

Lemma 18.2 (A finite expansion for dilation). Let a≥1a\ge1 be an integer and let f:N→Df:\mathbb{N}\to\mathbb{D} be multiplicative with f(1)=1f(1)=1. Define

Fa,f(m)={f(m/a),a∣m,0,a∤m.F_{a,f}(m)= \begin{cases} f(m/a), & a\mid m,\\ 0, & a\nmid m. \end{cases}

Then Fa,fF_{a,f} is a signed sum of 2ω(a)2^{\omega(a)} normalized, 1-bounded multiplicative functions, each agreeing with ff at every prime power whose prime does not divide aa. If ff is uniformly nonpretentious, every function in this sum is uniformly nonpretentious.

Proof. Let P(a)P(a) be the set of prime divisors of aa. For p∈P(a)p\in P(a) set αp=vp(a)\alpha_p=v_p(a) and define

Ap(k)={0,0≤k<αp,f(pk−αp),k≥αp.A_p(k)= \begin{cases} 0, & 0\le k<\alpha_p,\\ f(p^{k-\alpha_p}), & k\ge\alpha_p. \end{cases}

Factorization into pairwise coprime prime powers gives the exact identity

Fa,f(m)=∏p∈P(a)Ap(vp(m))∏p∣mp∉P(a)f(pvp(m)).F_{a,f}(m)=\prod_{p\in P(a)}A_p(v_p(m))\prod_{\substack{p\mid m\\p\notin P(a)}}f\left(p^{v_p(m)}\right).

No identity between f(pk)f(p^k) and f(p)kf(p)^k is used.

The obstruction to multiplicativity in this product is that Ap(0)=0A_p(0)=0. Resolve it by setting

Bp(0)=Cp(0)=1,Bp(k)=Ap(k),Cp(k)=0(k≥1).B_p(0)=C_p(0)=1,\qquad B_p(k)=A_p(k),\qquad C_p(k)=0\quad(k\ge1).

Then Ap=Bp−CpA_p=B_p-C_p at every nonnegative exponent. For E⊆P(a)E\subseteq P(a) put

fa,E(m)=∏p∈ECp(vp(m))∏p∈P(a)∖EBp(vp(m))∏p∣mp∉P(a)f(pvp(m)).f_{a,E}(m)=\prod_{p\in E}C_p(v_p(m))\prod_{p\in P(a)\setminus E}B_p(v_p(m))\prod_{\substack{p\mid m\\p\notin P(a)}}f\left(p^{v_p(m)}\right).

All local factors have modulus at most one and value one at exponent zero. If uu and vv are coprime, at most one of vp(u),vp(v)v_p(u),v_p(v) is positive at each prime; hence fa,E(uv)=fa,E(u)fa,E(v)f_{a,E}(uv)=f_{a,E}(u)f_{a,E}(v). Expanding the finite product in (18.4) yields

Fa,f(m)=∑E⊆P(a)(−1)∣E∣fa,E(m).F_{a,f}(m)=\sum_{E\subseteq P(a)}(-1)^{|E|}f_{a,E}(m).

Each summand agrees with ff at prime powers outside P(a)P(a), so Lemma 12.1 proves the last assertion.

For a=1a=1 the expansion has just one term, namely ff. For a>1a>1 and m=1m=1, its signed sum is ∑E⊆P(a)(−1)∣E∣=0\sum_{E\subseteq P(a)}(-1)^{|E|}=0, as required. Thus the expansion also handles the value at 11, despite normalizing every summand there.

Lemma 18.3 (Every residue class). Let l≥1l\ge1 and 0≤b<l0\le b<l be integers, and set

d=gcd⁡(b,l),q=l/d,c=b/d.d=\gcd(b,l),\qquad q=l/d,\qquad c=b/d.

For every positive integer mm,

1m≡b(modl)=1φ(q)∑χmod⁡qχ(c)‾Fd,χ(m).(126)\mathbf{1}_{m\equiv b\pmod l}=\frac{1}{\varphi(q)}\sum_{\chi\operatorname{mod}q}\overline{\chi(c)}F_{d,\chi}(m). \tag*{(126)}

Each Fd,χF_{d,\chi} is a signed sum of 2ω(d)2^{\omega(d)} normalized, 11-bounded multiplicative functions agreeing with χ\chi at all prime powers outside dd. For q=1q=1, the character in the formula is the constant function one, including at the residue c=0c=0, and φ(1)=1\varphi(1)=1.

Proof. If d∤md\nmid m, both sides vanish. If d∣md\mid m, the congruence on the left is equivalent to m/d≡c(modq)m/d\equiv c\pmod q. When q>1q>1, the residue cc is a unit modulo qq, so character orthogonality on (Z/qZ)×(\mathbb{Z}/q\mathbb{Z})^\times gives

1m/d≡c(modq)=1φ(q)∑χmod⁡qχ(c)‾χ(m/d).\mathbf{1}_{m/d\equiv c\pmod q}=\frac{1}{\varphi(q)}\sum_{\chi\operatorname{mod}q}\overline{\chi(c)}\chi(m/d).

For a nonunit m/dm/d every character on the right vanishes. The case q=1q=1 is the trivial identity with the stated convention. The finite expansion now follows from Lemma 18.2.

In particular, if p∣dp\mid d and α=vp(d)\alpha=v_p(d), the local sequence in this application is

Ap(k)=0(k<α),Ap(k)=χ(p)k−α(k≥α),00=1.A_p(k)=0\quad(k<\alpha),\qquad A_p(k)=\chi(p)^{k-\alpha}\quad(k\ge\alpha),\qquad0^0=1.

If pp also divides qq, then χ(p)=0\chi(p)=0 and this sequence is one at k=αk=\alpha and zero elsewhere. No character value is divided out. When b=0b=0 we have d=ld=l and q=1q=1, so the same formula expands 1l∣m\mathbf{1}_{l\mid m}; it includes l=1l=1 and m=1m=1.

Progressions and the affine deduction

The two expansions just proved reduce the desired averages to finitely many applications of Theorem 1.2. We first incorporate a progression restriction, placing its weight at the argument of a nonpretentious factor.

Proposition 18.4 (Correlations on fixed progressions). Let f1,f2:N→Df_1, f_2 : \mathbb{N} \to\mathbb{D} be multiplicative, with at least one uniformly nonpretentious. For fixed distinct nonnegative integers h1,h2h_1, h_2, an integer l≥1l \ge1, and any integer bb,

1X∑1≤n≤Xf1(n+h1)f2(n+h2)1n≡b(modl)⟶0(X⟶∞).(127)\frac{1}{X}\sum_{1 \le n \le X} f_1(n+h_1)f_2(n+h_2)1_{n \equiv b \pmod{l}} \longrightarrow0 \qquad(X \longrightarrow\infty). \tag*{(127)}

The limit holds through all real XX, including nonunit residue classes.

Proof. We may assume both functions are nonzero. Choose j∈{1,2}j \in\{1,2\} for which fjf_j is uniformly nonpretentious. Since

1n≡b(modl)=1n+hj≡b+hj(modl),1_{n \equiv b \pmod{l}} = 1_{n+h_j \equiv b+h_j \pmod{l}},

Lemma 18.3, using the least nonnegative representative of b+hjb+h_j modulo ll, expands the indicator as a function of m=n+hjm=n+h_j into finitely many bounded multiplicative functions, each agreeing with a fixed Dirichlet character outside a fixed finite prime set. Their products with fjf_j are uniformly nonpretentious by Lemma 18.1. Apply Theorem 1.2 to each product at shift hjh_j and the unchanged other factor at its distinct shift, and sum the finitely many conclusions. This proves (18.8) at integer XX. For real XX, replacing the normalization XX by ⌊X⌋\lfloor X \rfloor changes the average by at most 1/X1/X, proving the assertion.

Proof of Corollary 1.3. Zero factors again give an immediate conclusion. Otherwise set

Δ=a1b2−a2b1,l=a1a2,c0=min⁡(a2b1,a1b2),h=∣Δ∣≥1.\Delta= a_1b_2-a_2b_1,\qquad l=a_1a_2,\qquad c_0=\min(a_2b_1,a_1b_2),\qquad h=|\Delta| \ge1.

For Δ>0\Delta> 0 put U=Fa2,f1U=F_{a_2,f_1} and V=Fa1,f2V=F_{a_1,f_2}; for Δ<0\Delta< 0 put U=Fa1,f2U=F_{a_1,f_2} and V=Fa2,f1V=F_{a_2,f_1}. In either case,

U(ln+c0)V(ln+c0+h)=f1(a1n+b1)f2(a2n+b2).U(ln+c_0)V(ln+c_0+h)=f_1(a_1n+b_1)f_2(a_2n+b_2).

Indeed, when Δ>0\Delta> 0 the two arguments on the left are a2(a1n+b1)a_2(a_1n+b_1) and a1(a2n+b2)a_1(a_2n+b_2); when Δ<0\Delta< 0 their order is reversed.

Expand UU and VV by Lemma 18.2. Each pair of multiplicative components has a uniformly nonpretentious factor, inherited from the corresponding original function. Applying Proposition 18.4 termwise with shifts 0,h0,h gives

1X∑1≤m≤XU(m)V(m+h)1m≡c0(modl)⟶0.(128)\frac{1}{X}\sum_{1 \le m \le X} U(m)V(m+h)1_{m \equiv c_0 \pmod{l}} \longrightarrow0. \tag*{(128)}

Put T(m)=U(m)V(m+h)1m≡c0(modl)T(m)=U(m)V(m+h)1_{m \equiv c_0 \pmod{l}} and X=lN+c0X=lN+c_0. The integers in this class satisfying c0<m≤Xc_0<m\le X are precisely ln+c0ln+c_0, 1≤n≤N1\le n\le N. Therefore

1N∑n=1Nf1(a1n+b1)f2(a2n+b2)=XN(1X∑1≤m≤XT(m))−1N∑1≤m≤c0T(m).(129)\frac{1}{N}\sum_{n=1}^{N} f_1(a_1n+b_1)f_2(a_2n+b_2)=\frac{X}{N}\left(\frac{1}{X}\sum_{1 \le m \le X}T(m)\right)-\frac{1}{N}\sum_{1 \le m \le c_0}T(m). \tag*{(129)}

The first term tends to zero because X/N→lX/N \to l and (18.11) holds. The second has modulus at most c0/Nc_0/N and is empty when c0=0c_0=0. This proves the corollary, including zero intercepts and coefficients with common factors.

Liouville and Möbius correlations

To apply the preceding conclusions to the Liouville function, we verify the nonpretentiousness hypothesis over its full growing height interval. The required uniform estimate is supplied by Matomäki, Radziwiłł, and Tao’s version of an argument of Granville and Soundararajan [15], Appendix C].

Lemma 18.5 (Uniform nonpretentiousness of Liouville). For every fixed Dirichlet character χ\chi,

inf⁡∣t∣≤XD(λ,χnit;X)≥14log⁡log⁡X−Oχ(1)(X≥100).(130)\inf_{|t|\le X} D(\lambda,\chi n^{it};X) \ge\frac{1}{4}\sqrt{\log\log X}-O_\chi(1) \qquad(X\ge100). \tag*{(130)}

In particular, λ\lambda is uniformly nonpretentious.

Proof. For a real 1-bounded multiplicative function ff, [15], Lemma C.1] gives

D(f,χnit;X)≥14log⁡log⁡X−Oχ(1)(1≤∣t∣≤X).(131)D(f,\chi n^{it};X) \ge\frac{1}{4}\sqrt{\log\log X}-O_\chi(1) \qquad(1\le|t|\le X). \tag*{(131)}

When χ2\chi^2 is nonprincipal the same bound holds throughout ∣t∣≤X|t|\le X. Thus taking f=λf=\lambda proves the assertion for nonreal χ\chi and handles 1≤∣t∣≤X1\le|t|\le X for all χ\chi. For real χ\chi, the other part of the cited lemma gives

D(λ,χnit;X)≥13D(λ,χ;X)−O(1)(∣t∣≤1).(132)D(\lambda,\chi n^{it};X) \ge\frac{1}{3}D(\lambda,\chi;X)-O(1) \qquad(|t|\le1). \tag*{(132)}

It remains to estimate the distance at t=0t=0 for these real characters. If χ\chi is nonprincipal, the prime number theorem in arithmetic progressions for its fixed modulus yields, for some cχ>0c_\chi>0,

Aχ(u):=∑p≤uχ(p)log⁡p=Oχ(uexp⁡(−cχlog⁡u)).A_\chi(u):=\sum_{p\le u}\chi(p)\log p=O_\chi\left(u\exp\left(-c_\chi\sqrt{\log u}\right)\right).

Partial summation gives

∑p≤Xχ(p)p=Aχ(X)Xlog⁡X+∫2XAχ(u)log⁡u+1u2(log⁡u)2 du=Oχ(1),\sum_{p\le X}\frac{\chi(p)}{p}=\frac{A_\chi(X)}{X\log X}+\int_2^X A_\chi(u)\frac{\log u+1}{u^2(\log u)^2}\,du=O_\chi(1),

since the integral converges absolutely as X→∞X\to\infty. As λ(p)=−1\lambda(p)=-1, Mertens’ estimate now gives

D(λ,χ;X)2=∑p≤X1+χ(p)p=log⁡log⁡X+Oχ(1).D(\lambda,\chi;X)^2=\sum_{p\le X}\frac{1+\chi(p)}{p}=\log\log X+O_\chi(1).

If instead χ\chi is principal modulo qq, then

D(λ,χ;X)2=2∑p≤X1p−∑p≤Xp∣q1p=2log⁡log⁡X+Oq(1).D(\lambda,\chi;X)^2=2\sum_{p\le X}\frac{1}{p}-\sum_{\substack{p\le X\\p\mid q}}\frac{1}{p}=2\log\log X+O_q(1).

In both cases (18.15) is at least 13log⁡log⁡X−Oχ(1)\frac{1}{3}\sqrt{\log\log X}-O_\chi(1). Combining this with (18.14) proves (18.13) on the entire interval ∣t∣≤X|t|\le X.

Thus λ\lambda satisfies the exact hypothesis of the qualitative theorem. Applying Proposition 18.4 and Corollary 1.3 with f1=f2=λf_1=f_2=\lambda independently recovers ordinary cancellation in every fixed residue class and along every fixed nonproportional affine pair. Proposition 2.1 and Theorem 1.1 establish these conclusions with an absolute power-of-logarithm saving.

The qualitative theorem also applies to the Möbius function, defined by

μ(n)={λ(n),n is squarefree,0,n is not squarefree.\mu(n)=\begin{cases} \lambda(n), & n\text{ is squarefree},\\ 0, & n\text{ is not squarefree}. \end{cases}

This function is multiplicative and has μ(p)=λ(p)=−1\mu(p)=\lambda(p)=-1 at every prime. Since the distance uses only prime values,

D(μ,χnit;X)=D(λ,χnit;X)D(\mu,\chi^{\mathrm{nit}};X)=D(\lambda,\chi^{\mathrm{nit}};X)

for every Dirichlet character χ\chi, real tt, and X≥2X\ge2. The preceding lemma therefore proves uniform nonpretentiousness of μ\mu with the same growing twist range. The conclusions of Proposition 18.4 and Corollary 1.3 hold for any choice f1,f2∈{λ,μ}f_1,f_2\in\{\lambda,\mu\}. This proves ordinary cancellation for two-point Möbius and mixed Möbius–Liouville correlations in every fixed residue class and along every fixed nonproportional affine pair. For products containing a Möbius factor, this deduction gives convergence without a quantitative rate.

References

  1. [1]Noga Alon, Oded Goldreich, and Yishay Mansour. Almost k-wise independence versus k-wise independence. Information Processing Letters, 88(3):107–110, 2003. Author version dated 12 December 2003; Theorem 2.1 and Section 3.1.DOI
  2. [2]Louay M. J. Bazzi. Polylogarithmic independence can fool DNF formulas. SIAM Journal on Computing, 38(6):2220–2272, 2009.
  3. [3]Mark Braverman. Polylogarithmic independence fools AC⁰ circuits. Journal of the ACM, 57(5):28:1–28:10, 2010. Corollary 2 in the six-page author’s version.
  4. [4]Sarvadaman Chowla. The Riemann Hypothesis and Hilbert’s Tenth Problem, volume 4 of Mathematics and Its Applications. Gordon and Breach Science Publishers, New York–London–Paris, 1965.
  5. [5]P. D. T. A. Elliott. On the correlation of multiplicative functions. Notas Soc. Mat. Chile, 11(1):1–11, 1992.
  6. [6]Paul Erdős and George Szekeres. A combinatorial problem in geometry. Compositio Mathematica, 2:463–470, 1935.
  7. [7]Andrew Granville, Adam J. Harper, and K. Soundararajan. A new proof of Halász’s theorem, and its consequences. Compositio Mathematica, 155(1):126–163, 2019.DOI
  8. [8]Andrew Granville and K. Soundararajan. Large character sums: pretentious characters and the Pólya–Vinogradov theorem. Journal of the American Mathematical Society, 20(2):357–384, 2007.
  9. [9]Gábor Halász. On the distribution of additive and the mean values of multiplicative arithmetic functions. Studia Scientiarum Mathematicarum Hungarica, 6:211–233, 1971.
  10. [10]Harald Andrés Helfgott and Maksym Radziwiłł. Expansion, divisibility and parity, 2021. arXiv:2103.06853v2, 13 April 2021.
  11. [11]Oleksiy Klurman, Alexander P. Mangerel, and Joni Teräväinen. On Elliott’s conjecture and applications, 2023. arXiv:2304.05344v2, 26 May 2023.
  12. [12]Dimitris Koukouloпoulos. The Distribution of Prime Numbers, volume 203 of Graduate Studies in Mathematics. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 2019.
  13. [13]Nathan Linial and Noam Nisan. Approximate inclusion-exclusion. Combinatorica, 10(4):349–365, 1990.
  14. [14]Kaisa Matomäki and Maksym Radziwiłł. Multiplicative functions in short intervals. Annals of Mathematics, 183(3):1015–1056, 2016.arxiv.org/abs/1501.04585
  15. [15]Kaisa Matomäki, Maksym Radziwiłł, and Terence Tao. An averaged form of Chowla’s conjecture. Algebra & Number Theory, 9(9):2167–2196, 2015. Corrected version: arXiv:1503.05121v3, 1 March 2022.DOI
  16. [16]Cédric Pilatte. Improved bounds for the two-point logarithmic Chowla conjecture. Journal of the American Mathematical Society, 2026. Published electronically 10 September 2026; cited version arXiv:2310.19357v3, 25 August 2026; first version 2023.arxiv.org/abs/2310.19357
  17. [17]Alexander A. Razborov. A simple proof of Razborov’s theorem, 2008. Electronic Colloquium on Computational Complexity, Report TR08-081, 11 September 2008.
  18. [18]Gian-Carlo Rota. On the foundations of combinatorial theory. I. Theory of Möbius functions. Zeitschrift für Wahrscheinlichkeitstheorie und Verwandte Gebiete, 2:340–368, 1964.DOI
  19. [19]Terence Tao. The logarithmically averaged Chowla and Elliott conjectures for two-point correlations. Forum of Mathematics, Pi, 4:e8, 2016.arxiv.org/abs/1509.05422
  20. [20]Terence Tao and Joni Teräväinen. The structure of correlations of multiplicative functions at almost all scales, with applications to the Chowla and Elliott conjectures. Algebra & Number Theory, 13(9):2103–2150, 2019.DOI
  21. [21]Terence Tao and Joni Teräväinen. Quantitative correlations and some problems on prime factors of consecutive integers, 2026. arXiv:2512.01739v2, 25 April 2026; first version 2025.arxiv.org/abs/2512.01739

Paper details

Contents